SCWL All Stars Episodes 5 to 10

Ctrl+F is your friend.

7.50 Round 5 Summary
7.51 Previously on SCWL. . .
7.52 Round 5 Confessionals
7.53 Round 5 Immunity Challenge
7.54 Round 5 Tribal Council
7.55 Round 5 Blog
7.56 Round 5 Boot List Prediction
7.57 Next Time on SCWL. . .

7.60 Round 6 Summary
7.61 Previously on SCWL. . .
7.62 Round 6 Confessionals
7.63 Round 6 Immunity Challenge
7.64 Round 6 Tribal Council
7.65 Round 6 Blog
7.66 Round 6 Boot List Prediction
7.67 Next Time on SCWL. . .

7.70 Round 7 Summary
7.71 Previously on SCWL. . .
7.72 Round 7 Confessionals
7.73 Round 7 Immunity Challenge
7.74 Round 7 Tribal Council
7.75 Round 7 Blog
7.76 Round 7 Boot List Prediction
7.77 Next Time on SCWL. . .

7.80 Round 8 Summary
7.81 Previously on SCWL. . .
7.82 Round 8 Confessionals
7.83 Round 8 Immunity Challenge
7.84 Round 8 Tribal Council
7.85 Round 8 Blog
7.86 Round 8 Boot List Prediction
7.87 Next Time on SCWL. . .

7.90 Round 9 Summary
7.91 Previously on SCWL. . .
7.92 Round 9 Confessionals
7.93 Round 9 Immunity Challenge
7.94 Round 9 Tribal Council
7.95 Round 9 Blog
7.96 Round 9 Boot List Prediction
7.97 Next Time on SCWL. . .

7.9E SCWL 7 Pre-Merge Exit Interviews

7.100 Round 10 Summary
7.101 Previously on SCWL. . .
7.102 Round 10 Confessionals
7.103 Round 10 Immunity Challenge
7.104 Round 10 Tribal Council
7.105 Round 10 Blog
7.106 Round 10 Boot List Prediction
7.107 Next Time on SCWL. . .

7.50 Round 5 Summary

SU—

Dissolved.

PA—

Dissolved.

CO— (1 tribal idol clue)

1. HEERAL DESAI (Extra Hint for Puzzle Idol)

2. JEREMY BELL

3. LYNDSAY SHERRY

Drafted from SU 3rd: SERGIU ZABLAU

Drafted from Pa 2nd: NAOMI SOWARD (Mutiny Trigger)

Drafted from Ac 2nd: EFE KARANISOGLU

OW—

1. MARCELO CAMPOS (MoP)

2. MICHAEL GRAGA

3. LEIF BORNALES

Drafted from Pa 3rd: DAVE BRONSON

Drafted from Ac 3rd: FIONA “SMITH”

AC—

Dissolved.

KY— (4 tribal idol clues)

1. RUDEZ MERKS (The Tiebreaker)

2. BRIAN WHITEHEAD

3. CHRISTIAN FUENTES

4. RENEE DQ HIGLEY

Drafted from Su 1st: CAMERON JOHNSON

Drafted from Pa 1st: LISTER POTTER III

Drafted from Ac 1st: AARON FRAZEE

Received from Ac by default: JASON STEPHENS

MGI—

24th Place Malaysian: EAMON JAWATIN

21st Place Intern: JESSICA FREY (The Gambler + Medallion of Power)

20th Place Initially: KJ Bock

OUT:

25th Place Goddess: GLORIA QUERY

23rd Place Scottish Fellow: MORAY JAMES (Ejected)

22nd Place Mama: SHERI MARTINEZ (Ejected)

Date: March 23 to March 27

Immunity Challenge V: Survivor Board Game

Results: Naomi is last person standing despite other two tribes aligning together.

Reward: Co wins first clue for tribal idol. Naomi decides to send Ky to Tribal Council.

Tribal Council: Ky

Immune: Co, Ow

Individually Immune: Naomi

Uselessly Immune Due to MGI: Sergiu

Player Voted Out: Jason

Vote Count: 8-0. Yikes.

7.51 Previously on SCWL. . .

– The last tribe was dissolved as the game finally established the three core tribes: Ow, Ky, and Co.
– Ky would finish in first place for the fourth challenge in a row, and them always dominating caused resentment amongst the other tribes.
– Dave was preparing to play two fake idols that he and Lister found in regards to their idol hunting of the puzzle idol from the previous round.
– And he would get to play them right away as the Dark Knight challenge returned. And tribal captain Marcelo would be the only one taking the bait, and being solely responsible for Ow visiting Tribal Council yet again.
– But the challenge made Marcelo immune, thus another target was put in play. A 3-3 tie between Leif and KJ was on the horizon.
– Michael, Leif, and Dave voted for KJ. KJ and Fiona voted for Leif.
– But Marcelo refused to vote, making it a 3-2-0 vote, meaning Marcelo chose to incur the only self-vote allowed for a player to be allotted each season, and sent KJ home along with SCWL 3’s hopes of redeeming itself in the series.

19 are left; who will be voted out tonight?
7.52 Round 5 Confessionals

ROUND 5 CONFESSIONALS

AARON,

NONE

BRIAN,

“Did the code logan gave you look real at all?” – Lister Potter III

Round 4.5 Confessional:  I was bored and Rudez was away…that’s my excuse!  Before she left she said that Cam and Christian have fake idols.  I have not yet gotten the story behind this, but I decided that it was a good time for me to “find” the idol as well…finishing the story that began with me asking others for clues, and either making me not seem close to Rudez, or if that is known, deflecting some idol suspicions from her.  So I told Christian I’d found it but I thought it was fake based on youtube views and the fact I should have figured it out sooner.  He responded by sharing with the entire core alliance that he had the idol and had recently found it!  He seems to think it’s real.
I told Lister the same story, and yes, I told him the code looked ok, but who can ever tell.  (Interestingly enough I was chatting to Lister while attending the NCAA college basketball tournament, and after the game who did I see but everyone’s favorite hoopster Cliff Robinson…I stood close to him, but didn’t say anything to him.)  So hopefully these guys continue to trust me…I decided not to tell Lister that Christian has the idol…whatever way I play this it could easily backfire, but I can’t afford to have Cam, DQ and Christian possibly not trusting me…oh, and one of my dreams was to claim an idol and replace it with a fake one like \~\~F***ingstick:)\\~\.  I figured if anyone played that I’d get an ORG award for sure, but it looks like I’ll have to earn any awards the old fashioned way (crap…that involves being popular.)  Oh, it looks like I didn’t make the round 4 deadline by 10 minutes, oh well…Cliff’s and my alma mater UConn is in the sweet 16…Mad Scientists to the sweet 16 and to the end!

“You are a king sir, a king! I seriously owe you for this!!” – Dave Bronson

Round 5 Confessional:  This challenge is exhausting…You know there’s strategy that you can put into it, but in the end it’s all a lot of guesswork.  Of course it’s probably more exhausting when you’re essentially responsible for the moves of 2 entire tribes…That’s right, I spoke with Dave and offered to do all his work for him as long as our 2 tribes share immunity.  The general strategy was to send KY players to hide in the corners, and OW players to run interference across the middle.  I figure having 10 paths that don’t intersect makes it quite likely that we can avoid tribal again…
Of course South Africa made the unfortunate mistake of defining “night” as the time which all the OW paths had to go to Dave, so it was all me, scrambling and hoping I didn’t make mistakes…and Rudez would have been to eager to do this!  (More than me anyway…just trying to compete almost as hard as her is exhausting!)  But yeah, OW doesn’t even know our moves so they couldn’t sell us out if they wanted to, which they don’t.
Rudez is slightly concerned about me helping season 2 people stay alive, but I just saw a desperate tribes with a connection I can use…and I think we may trust each other now…every other sentence is no longer an analysis of how the other person may have ulterior motives!  Oh, but Christian is a concern, making it clear that his #1 ally is my ultimate archrival Cam by sharing his idol with him first…but the time to worry about that has not come yet…Oh funny story…we made a thread for the challenge and Jason made a remark that he thought it was an alliance at first, so we were joking around that maybe it should be…and who was playing?  Me, Rudez and the 3 people we are not officially aligned with!  Hopefully we’ll avoid tribal again and keep our options open.  Mad Scientists to the end!

“But woo.. motivation.. you can do it! Or else you’ll be left out of final 3 deals ” – Rudez Merks

Tribal Council 5 Confessional:  Well we lost somehow…ouch…and no big shock, we are chosen to go to tribal…it looks like Jason will be the 5th person voted off this season, and I think everyone is ok with this…way too early to mess with our KY core when you can vote him out without Aaron or Lister freaking out.  (I learned yesterday that Lister ctrl-f searches for his name in your blog, so Lister! Lister! Lister! I’m talking about you over here!)
So making a final 2 deal with the most social player in SCWL history is an interesting experience to say the least!  Thanks to her I know that Christian wants a final 3 deal with Renee and Cam, but Renee wants Rudez and a player to be named later.  Who knows what Cam wants, but noticeably absent in final 3 deals when the core splits…me…I underestimated Christian’s charm, and I thought more people would be able to see through Cam’s gameplay.  So hence the quote, where Rudez is motivating be to talk more to my tribemates for my own sake…she even tried coaching me how to do it, which I told her I didn’t need…but compared to her I do.  The silver lining to this is that Rudez and I are doing pretty well with Aaron and Lister, and if we don’t gain another player in the mutiny, teaming up with them to blindside someone may be a viable option, especially if we avoid tribal until closer to the merge.  I wonder if anyone has a clue that Rudez and I are together?  Probably not, at least to the extent we (hopefully) are.  Well hasta la vista for now, Científicos Locos hasta el final!

CAMERON,

About my game…
My game has been alarmingly intricate and my struggle is giving up the nomad lifestyle, or at least lightening up on it, as opposed to meddling in other tribal affairs. That’s not to say that it didn’t work out for me; kickstarting the Eamon vote got me a significant amount of power as well as removing a potential snitch from the game, but that can only last so long. People caught onto my antics and I have a minor target on my back now.
I think what I really needed was a tight tribe not all entirely working behind my back to f— me in the ass. I’ve got that now but I’m still wary because of the target I created. Jess got voted out and it’s hard not to feel like I caused it since I’d worked so closely with her and had put forth the suggestion to kick out either Heeral or Naomi. On the bright side, she did give me some info regarding an alliance between Naomi, Heeral, Jason, and Lister. Heeral denied it when I tried to apply for it (double agency purposes) but sadly Jeremy has joined it in an attempt to stay safe. I’m amazed no one actually applied for the necklace; I guess we’re really good at making Jason in particular not feel at the bottom.
As for what lies ahead, iiiiiiiiiiiiiiit’s complicated. To take attention off of my Day and Night partnership with Rudez I accepted a partnership with Christian Fuentes, who I feel to be an even bigger threat than me. Needless to say, the fact that so many tribes and so many people trust me is unnerving at best, especially since I know and already have actively worked to betray them. Not exactly something I feel good about, but something I must do. Such is the game.
Christian thinks he has the idol. He doesn’t; I have both. He has my fake. I have the real idol. That’s another lie against me I’m just gonna let happen. Nevertheless I think Christian will understand as he’s struck me as a gentleman schemer; he’ll backstab you but shake your hand on the way out and call it good game. Same for if he gets voted out.
My biggest asset is that I can get into the other tribes’ heads. I can hold conversations with Marcelo, get him to take the necklace, utilize connections with Efe and Lyn to make sure that tribe I have knowledge of. No one actually hates me or wants me actively dead as far as I know. This will help KY succeed, with or without Jessica’s tribe. Ultimately, this will help me succeed. I have an idol, my ally has an idol, and if she ends up getting blindsided I have 2 idols.
That brings me to my pre-game F2 partnership: Rudez. Rudez and I are doing it right after the catastrophe that was SCWL6. I can’t say we work together perfectly; as indicated by our conflict last round, but we have each others’ back and have the honesty to tell each other off when needed. If I can get Rudez to not patronize me, and if I can remember not to do the same, we’ll work well together.
That brings a dilemma, though: Rudez is a charming lady who is all for her tribe. I am not. I will backstab if need be. She is more averse to that. Therefore, I may need a way out of a F2 deal she will inevitably win. I don’t mind placing 3rd or another place of honor as my goal is to show I can f—ing throw down, motherf—er. And I really do want to plead my case in front of the jury. However, what I don’t want is to place second in a landslide vote against me. I don’t want to be the Russell, and Rudez certainly doesn’t want to be the Natalie.
If I can find a bloodless way out, I will. If not, I’ll ride it out. I’m in a pretty decent position. An alliance of five with an alliance of three, two allies (Lyn and Efe) in one tribe, Marcelo torpedoing at my instruction in the other, and good connections with everyone. But hell if this ain’t a game where things can go to s— really easily. Ultimately, though, I believe I’ve learned not to be as personal as last game; I can redeem myself on that regard. That’s why this game has been so much more fun than the last go-around.
To close it out, my thoughts on the other cast-members.
Rudez: Number one ally. Day and Night. Nice lady, manipulative streak, but I’ve got it down to a point where she knows not to f— with my psyche, just everyone else’s.
Christian: Other number one ally. A gentlemen schemer, and I like that. I like the way he plays; if I turn out to be a villain I’ll model my perspective after his. He’s a good sport and will scheme against you in a way significantly less personal than a Matt Wolff or Rob Brodeur. A true villain.

DQ: My sort of other number one ally. A nice, kooky lady who makes me laugh a lot. Best case scenario, she’s malleable and can do what I need. Worst case, she’s working with Heeral’s group and is using me for info. Not around enough for challenges.
Brian: I’m iffy on him. If the S2 block exists, then he’s part of it. If not, he’s a loyal KY Five member. Still got my eye on him. Nice guy.
Jason: First tribal boot as far as I’m concerned. Great guy, good at playing a UTR game, but dangerous and clearly against us.
Lister: Trickier because he’s a challenge threat, and a nice, professional guy, so we don’t want to immediately boot him but also don’t want him to last. I think Luzon will scare us off of booting challenge threats.
Aaron: Nice guy, very unpredictable. I have no clue what he’s thinking.
Lyn: She’s generous and helpful (gave me integral idol clue, info about the Glo/E/Serg alliance) but it’s harder to convince her of things putting her in danger. She and Efe are out next for sure unless magic happens.
Efe: My other other other other number two (that’s a bad idea, I know). Very easy to deal with and control if needed. Less paranoid but still enough to convince him of danger. Regardless, still early boot, sad to say.
Heeral: I’m not entirely sure about the Heeral alliance, but if anyone pulls it off, it’s her. She’s a nice lady, and can make cases convincingly. I want to believe her, but for safety’s sake I cannot. I still wish her the best; she’s a sweetheart.
Naomi: I’d like her and her mutiny trigger out of here which is a shame because our alliance didn’t work out, for reasons mutual to both of us I’d assume. Still very nice.
Jeremy: I don’t know what the f— is going through his head. He is definitely the wild card. He switched sides to Heeral’s when I tried to get info from him (oops) which makes him even crazier. Tried to get us to take the necklace. Almost succeeded; turns out I’m paranoid.
Sergiu: Calmer than Eamon, doubt he trusts me.
Marcelo: My ace in the hole. Since I “saved his ass” twice he’ll believe me and anything I say so long as it benefits me. He’s the chaos in the OW camp that will make them less successful.
Dave: Solid guy. Challenge god. Giant threat. Scares the hell out of me as a player. Still like him.
Leif: I honestly have not even the slightest f—ing clue about him. Is he the little person?
Fiona: Dead in the water. She’s against all S2 people. Sad, because she strikes me as a saner Glo. Had no clue she was old enough to be a Grandmother.
Michael: Decent guy, but a traitor to his alliance. Great for me, bad for him.

Congrats,  Logan. Your “destroy a power tribe without actually getting blood on my hands” challenge was a smashing success!

Trying to save our tribe’s ass. Lying to Naomi and saying Jason Lister and I are on the bottom and Jason is likely out. She’s linked to Jason and Lister so she might act. Or she doesn’t and leaves her allies to die.
It won’t be good news for her if she chooses to f— us over.
Hilariously the penalty idol throwaway vote will likely save my ass tonight.
Jason has a vote. I can secure four.
Easy peasy.

Well. You wanted us at Tribal. You got us at Tribal. Congrats.

So f—ing conflicted over whether or not I play my idol
This is going too well.
And I am not used to votes going too well.

CHRISTIAN,

NONE

DAVE,

By letting Ky members dictate my tribe’s moves, I’m hoping one of their members wins the challenge and elects to give our tribe immunity. I’m pretty confident it’ll work and I can trust Ky, if only because I think it’s in everyone’s mutual interest.
In other words, it’s not cheating Logan, it’s strategy! haha
These following moves are brought to you by Brian Whitehead:

EAMON,

(For duel) right now im just playing this thing for Sergiu.

EFE,

confession: Beating Ky was AWESOME! We won thanks to Jeremy, He is a thinker and I think I can trust him. I like this challenge a lot, It’s fun. I am glad that we won because more time passes, It gets easier for me to adapt. As I know me jeremy lynsday and sergio is against Heeral’s alliance. For now It seems like I am safe but Naomi said that she will use mutiny trigger because Dave asked for it. Really? He is not even in danger there. I don’t know what is their point but I think they want to reunite with their allies. We can’t let that happen so we are thinking mutinying to OW and be the majority there. Also since Marcelo and Fiona is there I will have more options.

FIONA,

NONE

HEERAL,

NONE

JASON,

NONE

JEREMY,

NONE

LEIF,

NONE

LISTER,

Confessional hopefully tonight. Until then, my back says “Ow.”

LYNDSAY,

NONE

MARCELO,

NONE

MICHAEL,

NONE

NAOMI,

NONE

RENEE,

So off to tribal council KY goes. It was only a matter of time before was lost. The obvious choice for Kick-Ass & Young-ish was to give Jason the boot.

Low and behold Jessica is out of the game and I didn’t even have to do anything! Nothing against her personally, I just have a terrible history with her never wanting to work with me and being everyones puppet.

So now within my core alliance of 5 I have been approached by Christian for a Final 3 and I have approached Rudez for a Final two. Since Christian claims to have the Idol I told Rudez we should maybe stick with him. She prefers to possibly stick with Brian since he seems like the odd man out in our alliance. I told her we should just make F3 deals with everyone to keep ourselves safe within our core. She thought this was rather devious but seemed to delight in that. 🙂

I really like Rudez and the idea that our core four could make it to the finals like the Aitu four. All of us from a different season. United and active. No drama. I love my tribe.

It was just learned – Cameron confessed really to having the puzzle idol so it seems within our core we have two idols now. If Chris and Cam are being honest and have the idols then we have two idols within our core alliance. Even better! I never feel safe not knowing who has them and feel like a target when I do, so I’m all for them having them.

Anyway even having lost this challenge I feel good about my tribe and moving forward that we are a strong bunch that will inevitably kick ass in the challenges that await us.

Till next time,

DQ

RUDEZ,

Confessional:
So in every game I’ve played, I’ve had a moment when I feel kinda apathetic about the game.. and it tends to mess things up.. In my first game it was when I hit final 3, I didn’t have the drive to finish that last challenge and went home in 3rd place.. In SCWL 6, it was around merge time, and I voted for no jury and therefore people lost some trust in me, and it happened to me again in this round, and we’ve lost the immunity challenge..

Now, I know we couldn’t continue winning, but losing this one was embarrassing.. and you know why, it’s cause we were controlling 10 peoples moves, and got beaten by 5 people.. and worst part, they destroyed us with 2 people still on the board after all of us had been knocked out.. It’s not something that should have happened, the odds were (ever) in our favour.. and it just didn’t work out right.. A part of me believes that someone sold us out probably cause I’m in denial, I just thought some of them moves were just a little too accurate.. talk about a sore loser right

So KY knew we’d be chosen to go to tribal, it was very obvious.. but we tried our hardest to convince Naomi anyways.. I sent her the best lame reasons I could come up with without completely fabricating lies.. everyone tried, but we knew the chances were tiny!

So hopefully there’ll be no blindsides at tribal.. Jason was the last person in the tribe, he’s been accused of working with the Heeral/Naomi alliance, he’s hasn’t been particularly active, and hasn’t contributed to our tribe in any way!  So I’ve voted for him.. I hope my tribe is doing what they say they’re doing.. if they’re not, I assume it’s me cause why keep it a secret!

I do feel anxious about the vote.. and I think the reason is cause of the idol I possess.. I feel like there is an added pressure not to get voted out with an idol over just not getting voted out.. and I’m feeling it right now!  I’ve also poured a lot of heart into this tribe, so hopefully they still think of me as their captain to follow rather than their captain to overthrow.. That will hopefully only come a bit later!

I’m still getting on with Brian and our Mad Scientists alliance seems to be strong.. I’m down with getting Lister on board there, and probably Aaron.. I’m still iffy about Cam, his heart is in the right place but he wants to win so bad..

DQ offered me a final 3 alliance between the two of us and a third person of our choosing.. She immediately suggested Cam or Christian.. and I wanted Brian.. cause DQ would be good to go further with and I genuinely like her so I don’t want to have to play her.. so if we can agree on Brian being our third, I might get to actually stick to that!

DQ did tell me Christian confronted her about a Final 3 alliance with those 2 and Cam.. that doesn’t sound like good news for me and Brian.. I hope no one’s noticed how close we are!!

Only time will tell, holding thumbs that nothing goes crazy at this tribal!!!

7.53 Round 5 Immunity Challenge

IMMUNITY CHALLENGE #5: SCWL 7 BOARD GAME

C’mon in guys. Ky and Co getting their first look at the new Ow tribe. KJ voted out at the last Tribal Council. After four rounds SCWL 3 is already extinct from All Stars. Seriously, can that season ever catch any breaks? But we shall move forward.

Ky and Co, I will take back immunity from you guys once again. Immunity is back up for grabs.

For today’s challenge, you will play the Board Game challenge. This debuted last season in SCWL 6 as a double boot episode.
.
.
.
Luckily, it is not a double boot this time around.

This challenge is divided into two parts.

PART ONE: Pick your spot on the board.

This is a 21×21 board. A1 is in the bottom left corner, while U21 is in the bottom right corner.

‘T’ refers to a teleportation square. Once you enter the square, you can choose to teleport to anywhere else on the board. A teleportation square is the only place that can be used multiple times and have multiple players occupying it simultaneously.

You cannot start in a teleportation square.

You will send me your choice for your starting square and a back-up choice in case multiple players pick the same starting square.

Once everyone has chosen a starting square, I will post where everyone is located on the board.

You have until 10:00am eastern Monday to complete this task.

PART TWO: Moving on the board.

Each player will send me a sequence of fifty moves they will make on the board.

You have until 10:00am eastern Tuesday to complete this task.

At the end of part two, the magic of the challenge comes together. I will reveal how everyone moved.

Starting with the person closest to the ‘A’ column (if players are in the same column, then the player furthest north will move first), I will show everyone’s first move.

That means closest to A1 moves first on Turn 1. The player closest to U21 moves last. On the second turn, whoever is closest to A1 makes the first move. That means the order of who moves when could change each turn depending on your location at the time.

Once you have stepped on a square that has already been occupied, or has already been occupied by another player, you are out of the challenge.

The only exception is of course the Teleportation square. If you are on that square, you can share it with several players and can be using it several times during the challenge. You will be teleported to your next square on the following turn.

e.g.

TURN 1: Entering A1.
TURN 2: Warped to C18.
TURN 3: Moved to C19.

The last player left standing wins immunity for their tribe. In addition, that person will receive the individual talisman and be safe from their next trip to Tribal Council.
.
.
.
In addition, they will receive a second tribal immunity idol. That person will be responsible for assigning immunity to one of the two opposing tribes. The tribe that does not receive immunity will be heading to Tribal Council where the fifth player will be voted out of this game.

– If multiple players are miraculously left standing at the end of fifty moves, we will have a quick playoff to determine the winner. Otherwise, no ties will be occurring in this challenge.

– Choosing your starting square for part one will be done through private message. For part two, you will send a numbered list of your fifty moves in private message as well. Individually, yes.

– You cannot move diagonally/Jamie your way across the board.

– Sergiu is sitting out for Co.
– Cameron, Christian, and Renee sitting out for Ky.

This challenge was played in SCWL 6. Lyndsay, Efe, Cameron, and Rudez all participated in it.

Rudez’s tribe lost where they had to suffer by voting out their MVP, Larry.
Cameron, Efe, and Lyndsay won the challenge as Lyndsay was the last player left standing.

DUEL #3: SCWL 7 BOARD GAME

PART ONE: Pick your spot on the board.

This is a 9×9 board. A1 is in the bottom left corner, while I9 is in the bottom right corner.

‘T’ refers to a teleportation square. Once you enter the square, you can choose to teleport to anywhere else on the board. A teleportation square is the only place that can be used multiple times and have multiple players occupying it simultaneously.

You cannot start in a teleportation square.

You will send me your choice for your starting square and a back-up choice in case multiple players pick the same starting square.

Once everyone has chosen a starting square, I will post where everyone is located on the board.

You have until 10:00am eastern Monday to complete this task.

PART TWO: Moving on the board.

Each player will send me a sequence of thirty moves they will make on the board.

You have until 10:00am eastern Tuesday to complete this task.

At the end of part two, the magic of the challenge comes together. I will reveal how everyone moved.

Starting with the person closest to the ‘A’ column (if players are in the same column, then the player furthest north will move first), I will show everyone’s first move.

That means closest to A1 moves first on Turn 1. The player closest to I9 moves last. On the second turn, whoever is closest to A1 makes the first move. That means the order of who moves when could change each turn depending on your location at the time.

Once you have stepped on a square that has already been occupied, or has already been occupied by another player, you are out of the challenge.

The only exception is of course the Teleportation square. If you are on that square, you can share it with several players and can be using it several times during the challenge. You will be teleported to your next square on the following turn.

e.g.

TURN 1: Entering A1.
TURN 2: Warped to C18.
TURN 3: Moved to C19.

Last person left standing decides which person in the game will be immune for this TC. They will also decide which of the other two on MGI will be leaving and put an end to their influence on this game for good.

7.54 Round 5 Tribal Council

TRIBAL COUNCIL #5

Illusion of Gaia Dark Space

(AARON)-(BRIAN)-(CAMERON)-(CHRISTIAN)-(JASON)-(LISTER)-(RENEE)-(RUDEZ)
XXX
(GLORIA)-(EAMON)-(MORAY)-(SHERI)-(JESSICA)-(KJ)

Above the X’s are each of your names. Once your name is gone from there, so are you which will be the case for one of you tonight.

AARON,

1. This is already your fourth trip to Tribal Council this season. Except this is a completely different dynamic from your first three Tribal Councils. Do you feel like you are a few steps behind in this tribal dynamic?

2. Before this round it seemed like Ky was unstoppable. Does it almost help in a way that the tribe seems vulnerable while you have Co who have yet to lose a member?

3. During your last TC you had fourteen other possible options. This time that has been cut in half. What’s it like to go back to a slightly more traditional way of playing Survivor?

BRIAN,

1. This rivalry between Ky and Co has been going since the beginning of the game. Last season we had numbers as lopsided as 7-3-2 after five rounds. Has that motivated this tribe to be that much more competitive because Co is almost always right there with you?

2. After this round you’ll be down to eighteen–the traditional cast size. Are these early rounds really all that important when we still have a regular season left to play?

3. After five rounds of SCWL 2, you were already at TC four times. What has the experience been like to be on the other side of the coin?

CAMERON,

1. In SCWL 6, you were apart of the twist where you had to decide which of the two opposing tribes won immunity. You and Matt won the challenge, and gave it to the weakest tribe left to make them extinct. This time Naomi saves the weaker of the two tribes. Why do you think Naomi made that decision?

2. There are four players who have been on this tribe since day one. There are also four players who have been drafted in either round two, three, or four. Do you sense a divide between original Ky members and added Ky members?

3. But the four of you were all drafted for a reason–to be apart of this tribe. So is it really a solidified unit because of that?

CHRISTIAN,

1. There is a second layer of relationships beyond original versus added members, isn’t there? Have players been talking about the distribution of players that have played together in past seasons?

2. How do you feel about the relationships you have made so far in this game?

3. With so many twists integrated into any given all-star format, do you feel you are taking it one vote at a time or is there a way to look at this game long term?

JASON,

1. This is your third tribe. How funky is your position in this game? Because as soon as you have been chosen to be apart of a home, off you go to a brand new home.

2. You have one layer of relationships in the form of original and new members of this tribe. You have a second layer of relationships based upon seasons. Then there is the final layer which is relationships that may or may not exist outside of this game. Does one type of relationship dominate over the other?

3. What do you think is the biggest mistake, outside of inactivity or a bit of bad luck, that players have made thus far?

LISTER,

1. You need at least a bit of luck to win a challenge like the one you had this round. Do you feel the types of challenges you have seen over the first five rounds successfully covered the spectrum of what you expect in SCWL?

2. The MGI twist has been rather underwhelming so far. Has this experiment shown that players who are eliminated and promised they will never return as a contestant in this game really make the idea of saving another player just too boring to them?

3. Have you ever played Illusion of Gaia before?

RENEE,

1. What is your favourite anime?

2. But in all seriousness, welcome to SCWL 7. What has been the biggest change you have seen in this game since you last played in SCWL 4?

3. Everyone knows you have to write down somebody’s name tonight. What can they do to make sure you do not jot down their name?

RUDEZ,

1. I am sure Cameron can agree that this has been a much calmer and civilized game compared to the first half of SCWL 6. It seems like all of the SCWL 6ers are having more fun this time around. Is that true? And do you think that applies to everyone in this game?

2. You’re the captain of this tribe. Heeral, Cameron, Naomi, and Marcelo are the other present or former captains that are still in this game. How do you feel you stack up to these other captains?

3. Timothy isn’t around this time to ensure you never receive the dreaded final question. Are you upset to be at the back end of the alphabet on your tribe this season?

Okay. When you vote please remember the classic format of typing “VOTE: (NAME HERE)” on one line followed by “REASON: REASON HERE” on the next line.

VOTE: (Logan)
REASON: I move north to the confessional voting booth. I move west to pick up the pen. I move east again to write down your name. I move south to return to my seat, and hope you are freakin’ done once and for all.

Okay. You can vote for anyone you please on this tribe. No one has immunity. It is time to vote. Between now and 12:30am Thursday (24 hours from now), it is time to vote. Ky tribe, you’re up.

NOTE: I have a friend coming over tomorrow so I will likely be posting the voting results a couple hours later than expected. It depends on what time she goes home. So, uh, yeah.

VOTING

Illusion of Gaia — Boss Battle Theme

AARON,

VOTE: (Jason)
REASON: We have never really seen eye to eye and out of anyone on this new tribe, you have probably put forth the least effort. Plus, I know you’re voting for me tonight so this was kind of a nobrainer

BRIAN,

VOTE: (Jason)
REASON: Frankly, we can lose you without anyone really noticing!

CAMERON,

Vote: Jason
Reason: For the sake of your grades, I’d recommend dropping this course.

CHRISTIAN,

Voting Jason

LISTER,

VOTE: JASON

“We may have been original PA but that along with the rumors of us being in an auto alliance with Heeral and Naomi is hurting my game and I can’t have that.”

Confessional hopefully tonight. Until then, my back says “Ow.”

RENEE,

VOTE: Jason

RUDEZ,

Vote: Jason Reason: you just joined the tribe too late, and haven’t really been around much! A sucky start to the game can be hard to get over!

VOTE REVEAL

Illusion of Gaia — Clash of Light and Shadow

If anybody has a hidden immunity idol, and they chose to play it this round, now would be the time I reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Jason)
.
.
One vote Jason.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(Jason)
.
.
Two votes Jason.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
SELF-VOTE: (JASON)
.
.
Three votes Jason.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(Jason)
.
.
.
Four votes Jason.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
Fifth person voted out of SCWL 7: All Stars:
.
.
(JASON)
.
Jason, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

7.55 Round 5 Blog

JASON VOTED OUT EASILY

Yeah. Exams and online games occasionally do not mix. In a game as tough as All Stars, you’re going to fall quickly.

And after transferring to multiple tribes, and accused of being in a pre-game alliance, Lister needed to prove he was separate from Jason by needing him out. In fact, I wouldn’t be surprised if everyone wanted Jason out so that the pre-game alliance there would no longer be an issue. The game must move on.

Which produces the most boring Tribal Council of the game. 8-0. Sure, SCWL 6 witnessed several TCs that were boring (Nlad had how many unanimous votes?), but luckily that trend does not carry over into this game.

This is the only unanimous vote of the season, and unpredictability picks up again.

RETURN OF THE BOARD GAME CHALLENGE

SCWL 6 players hated it then. . .and still hate it now. Others appeared to be dreading it and were looking for a solution.

COMBINING TWO SCWL 6 TWISTS INTO ONE FOR THIS ROUND

A SCWL 6 themed challenge was accompanied by a SCWL 6 twist of only one tribe winning immunity, and the individual who was last standing would decide who goes to TC.

In SCWL 6, we saw Matt and Cam send Nlad to TC where Angel bit the dust as Nlad was conquered. Regardless of Nlad finishing 2nd and finally avoiding a 3rd place finish. Would a 2nd place tribe be screwed this time too?

And will a tribe be safe thanks to working with both tribes?

FIONA NEVER SENDS IN A CONFESSIONAL, LOSES EVERY CHALLENGE, AND AVOIDS ANSWERING TC QUESTIONS IN FULL

Out of all players this season, Fiona’s change is the greatest. This is her first time avoiding Tribal Council. She finished last in this challenge too, but was saved by Naomi’s decision to weaken Ky’s grip on the game.

I think Fiona’s outlook on online games have really changed since she played SCWL 1. That same fire is not in her this time around. At TC, her answers were usually along the lines of Marcelo’s “IDK” statements, and she never sends in a confessional. In SCWL 1 she sent in a few, and we got along really well.

I’m not saying this to diss Fiona because I have known her for five years, but I ask her repeatedly about her going from 7-0 to 0-5 in challenges because I wanted to see if she would do a self-evaluation of her perspective on these games. Has it improved? Is it worse? Why the rivalry with people like Heeral?

She never appeared to think too highly of many people in this game. I think of all the exit interviews in this game, hers is one that I am really eager to conduct.

MARCELO COOLS DOWN

It took five episodes, but Marcelo’s edit is fading.

CAMERON COOLS DOWN TOO

Seeing how no one was really discussing Cam at lengths in their confessionals compared to the norm, and his own confession of saying he has held back on meddling with Co’s and Ow’s alliances, maybe Cameron cooled down too.

Both of these players really needed a breather after they put a ton of work into being at the centre of each of the four rounds.

But can the cool down produce a recovery? I don’t know. The verdict so far is that Cameron is doing surprisingly well compared to what I heard during the pre-game, while Marcelo has been a dead man since round three, and practically a walking skeleton after taking immunity during round four.

MICHAEL JAIME’S HIS WAY OUT OF THE CHALLENGE. . .AFTER WARNING EVERYONE ABOUT IT

So instead Michael takes over sabotaging Ow! Yes, I warned everyone against making diagonal moves in the challenge explanation, but Michael made a diagonal move early on and put Ow down a member for the challenge, which disrupted their strategy.

CO OUTFOXED TWO TRIBES WORKING TOGETHER

That was perhaps the biggest surprise. In a challenge where you should have no problem defeating a tribe you’re ganging up on by having eight players taking eight different paths, Co managed to get around all of that.

Well, that was because Brian helped out Ow with their moves. Mainly through Dave. Brian didn’t have enough time to do all of Ow’s work before the deadline, and neither did some members of Ow. So even though the plan was in place to send Co to TC where Heeral may be in danger,  it was all unable to come together.

RUDEZ’S APATHY

It’s to grasp Rudez as being apathetic towards this game when many view her as being one of the most active players each season. Heck, she’s the captain of the most successful tribe up to this point, and is always in the middle of the crazy idol hunting that goes on.

It makes me wonder how Rudez would play in SCWL if she was enthusiastic about winning. That could be scary.

KY IS VERY VERY TIGHT–HENCE JASON’S 8-0 EXIT

I never expected that to occur in All Stars. In a game designed to be fragmented due to every player being strategic, we finally see signs of a group forming a strong and unified unit in challenges and in terms of discussing strategy.

CAN BRIAN, RUDEZ, CAM, RENEE, CHRISTIAN, AND LISTER ALL STAY TOGETHER?

It seems like an ideal group that can work together to the end. If they all agree to ditch their bonds on Ow and Co, or rather, use those bonds to further themselves to get to the end until they can be disposed, this appeared to be a very good voting bloc.

That 8-0 vote confirmed that six of them and perhaps Aaron could make a run to the end of this game.

BUT WILL THEIR OUTSIDE OF TRIBE ALLIES TURN THE GAME ON ITS HEAD?

Oh, next time I should learn to read to the next headline. I can assure you testing who wants to stick to Ky, who wants to stick to Ow, and who wants to stick to Co will be tested in the very next round.

OUR LAST INACTIVE PLAYER OF THE GAME IS ELIMINATED–EVERY VOTE SHOULD BE VICIOUS FROM NOW ON

This is the inactive boot I discussed two episodes ago. All other ones from this point forward are guaranteed to see big name after big name after big name go.

DOES THE BOARD GAME HAVE TOO MUCH LUCK?

Two seasons of playing this challenge and I am still unsure. All I know is that this only belongs in the three tribe format.

A DOUBLE BOOT WAS PLANNED FOR THIS ROUND BUT INSTEAD WITH THE NEXT CHALLENGE

Yeah. Moray and Sheri’s ejections put a stop to that.

A ROUND WHERE SURPRISINGLY LITTLE CHANGES

Yes, Ky loses a challenge for the first time all game.
Yes, Naomi picks up an individual immunity that can save her or Heeral later.
Yes, Cam missed out on an opportunity to rogue vote.
Yes, Co is still looking to boot Heeral if they lose.
Yes, Ow is proving to be a shockingly weak tribe despite Dave and Fiona being there.
Yes, Jason was always doomed to be first out of Ky since he joined.
Yes, very few confessionals were sent. Probably because nothing new was happening to them either.

And yes, next episode will more than make up for what little changed this round.

7.56 Round 5 Boot List Prediction

18: MARCELO
17: LEIF
16: NAOMI
15: CHRISTIAN
14: FIONA
13: HEERAL
12: MICHAEL
11: EFE
10: AARON
09: JEREMY
08: SERGIU
07: DAVE
06: CAMERON
05: LYNDSAY
04: RENEE
03: RUDEZ
02: LISTER
01: BRIAN

7.57 Next Time on SCWL. . .

– Mutiny! A mutiny offer comes up, and players debate back and forth whether to take a chance.
– And one player will make one of the biggest blunders in SCWL history as he fires the gun and orders his allies to mutiny. . .only to forget one fatal detail in the process.
– With seconds to go before the start of the immunity challenge, Lyndsay enters the spotlight for an immunity challenge. How will she do as immunity is on the line?
– After going through a short phase of not meddling with other tribe’s Tribal Council affairs, Cameron goes back to his old ways.
– A Tribal Council with a foregone conclusion is interrupted by one of the biggest blindsides in SCWL history, and will completely alter everyone’s strategies in the game.

7.60 Round 6 Summary
7.61 Previously on SCWL. . .
7.62 Round 6 Confessionals
7.63 Round 6 Immunity Challenge
7.64 Round 6 Tribal Council
7.65 Round 6 Blog
7.66 Round 6 Boot List Prediction
7.67 Next Time on SCWL. . .

7.60 Round 6 Summary

“Mutiny Folly”

SU—

Dissolved.

PA—

Dissolved.

CO—(1 tribal idol clue)

1. HEERAL DESAI

2. JEREMY BELL

3. LYNDSAY SHERRY

Drafted from SU 3rd: SERGIU ZABLAU

Drafted from Pa 2nd: NAOMI SOWARD (Mutiny Trigger)

Drafted from Ac 2nd: EFE KARANISOGLU

OW—

1. MARCELO CAMPOS (1 TC strike)

2. MICHAEL GRAGA

3. LEIF BORNALES

Drafted from Pa 3rd: DAVE BRONSON

Drafted from Ac 3rd: FIONA “SMITH”

AC—

Dissolved.

KY— (4 tribal idol clues)

1. RUDEZ MERKS

2. BRIAN WHITEHEAD

3. CHRISTIAN FUENTES

4. RENEE DQ HIGLEY

Drafted from Su 1st: CAMERON JOHNSON

Drafted from Pa 1st: LISTER POTTER III

Received from Ac by default: AARON FRAZEE

MGI—

24th Place Malaysian: EAMON JAWATIN (SCWL 2–11th place)

21st Place Intern: JESSICA FREY (The Gambler + Medallion of Power) (SCWL 4–3rd place)

19th Place Student: JASON STEPHENS (SCWL 5–6th place)

OUT:

25th Place Goddess: GLORIA QUERY (SCWL 5–5th place)

23rd Place Scottish Fellow: MORAY JAMES (Ejected) (SCWL 5–11th place)

22nd Place Mama: SHERI MARTINEZ (Ejected) (SCWL 3–9th place)

20th Place Initially: KJ BOCK (SCWL 3–6th place)

Date: March 27 to March 31st

Twist: Mutiny

Who Mutinied: Marcelo, Michael, and Leif from Ow to Co. Dave mutinied too late.

Immunity Challenge VI: Herculean Effort

Results: Co and Ky win immunity.

Reward: Ky wins their fifth clue for the final idol.

Tribal Council: Ow

Immune: Co, Ky

Uselessly Immune Due to MGI: Sergiu

Player Voted Out: Fiona

Idol Played: Cameron on Fiona.

Vote Count: 1-1. Fiona’s idol activates after it is revealed she has most past votes.

Player Voted Out in New TC: Dave

Vote Count: 1-0.

Idol Played: Only his third fake one.

7.61 Previously on. . .SCWL

– After a split vote at TC, Ow appeared to be super duper screwed out of any future immunity wins.
– Both tribes thought Ky was unstoppable, and in the next challenge Ow and Ky tried to team up to beat Co.
– But Co won, and Naomi was not only immune from her next TC, but decided which tribe would head to Tribal Council.
– Sergiu won yet nother duel on MGI as he continued to supply Sergiu with immunity, and since no other eliminated player has yet to participate in a duel, Sergiu is cruising to the merge.
– Sure enough it was Ky which Naomi sent to Tribal Council for the first time all season.
– And in what will be a rare boring moment for All Stars, their newest member Jason is disposed of in a lacklustre 8-0 vote.
– With eighteen left, and only active players remaining, the competition is bound to heat up.
– Eighteen players remain; who will be voted off tonight?

7.62 Round 6 Confessionals

AARON,

I debated over whether or not to mutiny last round a lot, and in the end I am glad I stayed. I really like the majority of people here and Brian, Rudez, and Cam have been great to me. They have all promised that I am in their plans. I trust those 3 the most and really hope we can win challenges to knock the giant CO down.

BRIAN,

“He thinks he can swing Brian and Rudez so I’d recommend if you two get anything from Aaron, you play along.” – Cameron Johnson

Round 6 Confessional: Let’s see…what’s happened lately…Cam told the core group he has the puzzle idol and hinted at playing it, but he wisely didn’t. Let’s see if his instincts hold up in the future! Christian, apparently unable to count YouTube views thinks he has the KY one as does Cam I think, as does Rudez (hopefully correctly). Makes me wish I had found it first so 4 people can think they hold the same idol!

And the Mutiny happened about according to schedule. KY stayed with 7 and some of my season 2 friends jumped ship to Co. (Leading to the most ironic Mad Scientists conversation yet, where I urged Rudez to talk to Dave a little as there is a reasonable chance he’ll be heading this way in the next few rounds, unless Fifi has friends at MGI…

And so the challenge is 2 on 2 on 2…leaving (amongst many others) the Mad Scientists sitting on the bench going crazy leaving our tribe’s fate in the hands of others…And it’s a big one…if we lose, you may get the pleasure of seeing one of the most boring tribals and one of the most exciting ones back to back! That’s right! The wheels are in motion to take out Cam. I helped convince Aaron and Lister to stick around, telling the core 5 of course that I did it to keep targets around, but Cam has to be the next target! He has way too much to prove and who knows how he will try to prove it?!? So the key will be getting Aaron on board with Lister, Rudez and myself (using quotes like the ironic one above shared with everyone) and then waiting to see if the idol comes out! I’ve started to get stressed out about this already, so it wouldn’t bother me much to hold off the vote for a round or 4…Mad Scientists to the end!

“It looks like Cameron gave Fiona that idol..” – Rudez Merks

Round 6 Emergency Confessional: Thanks Cam! Now Rudez can vote you out without feeling bad about it, or without your idol being a complication. Seriously, if you’re going to tell someone anyway, maybe you should confide in advance and maybe get talked out of it. Rudez thinks that this wasn’t as dumb as your move last game, and I guess I’ll agree, but boy was it close! UConn is now in the Final 4, but the Mad Scientists ain’t stopping at 4!

CAMERON,

Man you’re like my worst enemy!

You must really want me and mine dead!

Holy s— this could be the best thing ever.

If I can get Marcelo’s three to side with Efe/Lyn they can do some major motherf—in’ damage

and we’re over here ladidadida

My plan right now is for our five to keep strong, win this challenge, and inevitably take Dave for our tribe

He’s a challenge monster that can be disposed of before a merge

Also, thankfully Jason was a really good sport about being voted out. Considering he was the first name I actually wrote down, I felt bad about it.

Awwwwwwww, poor Fiona and Dave.

And poor us for not getting Fiona or Dave.

Just like that, we

Just like that, we’re the second coming of the underdog.

God, I feel really bad, because now Fifi is going home via past votes and it’s all because she gave me answers.

Also why is it I’m most evil by accident? I put Sergiu into conniptions by making a TvTropes reference.

F—ing why do all the KYs keep making alliances with me!

F—ing everyone on this tribe keeps making alliances with me and I keep making alliances with everyone not on this tribe.

F— me a-runnin’, I’m a puppetmaster but all the people are handing me the strings.

As for Fiona…

if only she’d get online I could talk game with her and maybe save her with my idol

but the singular fact that she is not is what’s going to utterly screw over my alliance on CO.

So I guess I’m talking to Dave.

But how to go about it…

%33-HOW-DID-YOU-GET-THIS77% is going to Fifi

Let’s hope it isn’t a fake.

So, Logan, I’m sure you’re wondering why I gave an idol away again. Despite your challenging me over doing so (when it worked last time with Matt) I have a method for my madness, so fear not!

Observe, a PM I have sent to Captain Merks.

Dearest Rudez,

Good morning, cap’n. Uhm, nice weather we’re having? I mean, if you find torrential downpours charming. Eh… anyway.

First off, I really am sorry that I didn’t tell you, but it’s because I know how you are. You have such a passionate loyalty to a tribe, like you did with SuLa. You really live and breathe for this tribe and you know I mutinied last time. I’m worried that you would tell the KY alliance, they’d mistake my continued efforts to work with the bottom tier members of CO (including our precious SCWL6 cargo) as treason and attempted mutiny. I didnt want to risk losing you as an ally for the same reasons as i did in Season 6. Fear not, for there is a method behind my madness.

The reason I saved Fiona? There are many. For one, we have a God Tier Ally. I was able to save her and now she’s willing to help me out when I need it. She’s also for a long time spoken about wanting to take down Naomi and Heeral, which would shake the tribe to its core. Right now, I have anywhere between 4 and 6 in the counteralliance. She and Efe were already allies so that helps matters.

The second big reason is that it means Dave Bronson is not in this game. Dave Bronson, as has been documented, is a master at challenges. His sitting out of OW’s last challenge contributed to their loss. In addition, he used to be on Naomi’s tribe, in addition to spearheading the S2 alliance. Since he’s gone, both of those alliances are down a strong member. While there is a mild chance Fiona may flip, with Dave he was never ever on our side or anywhere near, especially after he exposed my fake message to Eamon. There is one almost definite fact in this game: Dave Bronson is now an obstacle removed.

If by any chance Dave has an idol, then the only thing that happens is they both survive, according to Logan. In that case it gives us another round of breathing room and Fiona as a close collaborator, which worked well last time.

I’m not sure what this twist is coming up; my greatest fear is that it’ll be a restart to the game, or one of those monstrous Outcast Twists, both of which at this state would be unfair even for Logan. If something like that happens I’ve made enough friends as the Liaison to safeguard us no matter what.

However, imagine if this works. No matter how you and I get to the merge, we’re good. You’re free to use your idol as you choose, as I am mine. And with the legwork we’ve done we will almost certainly have friends in high places. Whether it be the remnants of CO, or the dominant alliance of us, we are very well off.

Hope you can understand this plan, the thought I put into it. Again, my apologies for not telling you.

-Sincerely yours, Cameron

Hopefully I have detailed one thing in more than sufficient enough detail: I AM NOT AN IDIOT.

CHRISTIAN,

so I owe confessionals… gonna be workin on those so woot.

DAVE,

I would like to mutiny to Co please

I’m just glad Marcelo isn’t around to sabotage Ow

What’s funny is they were all following me, I told them all I was mutinying to Co

But then my phone died and I messaged you as soon as I recharged it

Okay my procrastination has taken my game from bad to hilariously bad and I’m starting to actually enjoy myself but what the living s— is with the time limits on these challenges? In the next 24 hours, I have to sleep and work an 11 hour shift, and you know, eat and stuff. That doesn’t leave time for a whole lot else.

If I could even get a 2 or 3 hour extension, that would mean I could at least get home in time from work tomorrow to finish the challenge.

Oy, you org people have no lives lol. I guess it’s easier when you don’t have to compete in all the challenges/tribal councils. My first time playing didn’t take up nearly as much time.

Fiona knows that if we lose, she’s out, so I think she’ll step it up, I would love for Team Default to actually win a few.

It’s hilarious to think that Leif, Michael and Marcelo all went to Co because they thought they were following me and I was the only one not to switch, the whole round has gotten ridiculous for me.

I would like to play this, either it saves me or it’ll be the third fake idol I play

~\/\/\/\~PUZZLE IDOL~/\/\/\/~

Final Answer, Philbin.

Ask me in my exit interview if I have any regrets lol.

EFE,

mini confession cuz you asked for it Here comes mutiny! That will definitely shake the things up. I think OW people might mutiny and Lister. It will be much more better If no one mutinies but I don’t know If that can happen. Fiona and Marcelo will be welcomed but I don’t want any others

Confession: I am reunited with Fiona. I am really glad to see her in the game. Justice has been served. She deserved more than Dave BUT the way it happened bothered me a little because wasting an idol on Fiona is not so clever. I couldn’t say this to Cam because he was excited about the move but It was unnecessary. We might be fine without Fiona too. Also tribe swap is coming I guess. Hope It will be a good mix for me. I want to see dynamics shifting!

FIONA,

so, Cameron says he is giving me an idol, I hope its real, so, here goes.

%33-HOW-DID-YOU-GET-THIS77%

HEERAL,

NONE

JEREMY,

Time to catch up with the viewers.

Things seem to be going fairly smoothly. I got into a little bit of trouble by trying to stir things up on Ky so that they would lose the immunity talisman challenge. As a result I now know that Cam can not be told things in confidence as he promptly told Rudez the contents of a conversation that we had. Thankfully I was able to save some face I think and possibly advance some trust with her. Time will most likely tell. I went with approach of complete honesty to get myself out of trouble and revealed that I believe there is a cross tribal alliance involving Heeral, Naomi, Jason, Lister and Dave. There could be more but I am fairly confident that those listed are involved in some capacity. My initial plan was to try and get the players who i thought were at the bottom of Ky to all go for immunity and then let slip to Rudez that that was happening. This would have forced her and the rest of Ky to go for immunity, sending them to tribal council and most likely leading to a vote off of Lister or Jason. It saves my tribe from tribal, would have caused fractures in Ky and if pulled off correctly I become a much more trustworthy ally for Rudez. However Cam leaked the first part of the plan which was what put me in trouble and then I just revealed everything to Rudez citing that I was concerned about the cross tribal alliance and that her tribe was becoming to strong.

A key component was that I was also strategizing about the plan with Heeral. My current alliance of Lyndsay, Sergiu and Efe are doing a pretty poor job of handling Heeral and Naomi imo. We need to be talking to them about strategy more often as Naomi does hold a lot of power in the mutiny trigger. The MT has been a bit of concern and before winning the IC there was talk from Naomi that Dave wanted to mutiny to our tribe. This made the alliance paranoid and we talked about contingencies. We settled on a plan for the 4 of us to jump to OW as our thinking was we could expect more than Dave to come to CO which could put us in the minority. Thankfully we won the immunity challenge.

Now we come to the current mutiny twist. My alliance is still paranoid about Naomi/Heeral however I am feeling much better about them as they did not go out of there way to save Jason. Maybe they aren’t playing as deep a game as we think. They most likely are though as both are smart and capable imo and they aren’t talking strategy with us enough for me to feel completely safe with them. However I believe that I have put in enough work both with them personally and in challenges so that if they were to somehow gain a majority then I would likely be in the best position of my alliance. This is becoming a key part of my strategy in the game and from what I’ve heard my name was being brought up for the 3rd round TC but Jessica switched the target to Heeral. I’m not sure how much this was because she wanted Heeral out but I like to think that developing some rapport with Jessica was helpful for me in that position. On that tribal council, I’d like the record to show that the OW members that voted for Jess made a blunder as they should have realised that keeping CO intact makes it much harder for them to win any challenge.

Anyway, back on track. I think Dave, Marcelo, Lister and Aaron may all be contemplating jumping tribes. I think my alliance has settled on bringing friendlies to our tribe and we are getting Efe to approach Fiona. Bringing people here is good imo as we will be able to choose a direction. Whether to target Naomi/Heeral or to keep the illusion of tribe unity and vote out the newcomers. This does come at a bad time for me though as I am going camping and may be off the internet for 48 hours.

In summary the game is going well for me and I think there is a very large probability that I will still be here when the merge happens.

LEIF,

Ugh dave didnt make it

Im a little relieved that i was able to mutiny but its a little strange that im with two people i didnt agree to mutiny with

i do hope dave survives this tc. it will be worth it should he survive although it sucks that he has to go through this hoop

lol i think i scared off Cameron with my rant. Like he seems to be a sociopath whose only interested in game talk but not small talk. I dont blame him tho. He somehow told me i should join up with Marcelo, Sergiu, Efe and Lyn. and uhm no thats not what i want to do and if Dave survives i dont think thats what he wants to do too lol

so marcelo thinks i have an idol? i wish i do and i wish i could save dave but i dont. hmmm this makes me suspicious that marcelo might have an idol

I feel like i am trapped in a tribe where there are clearly 2 sides, im not really sure right now which side i want but either i make that decision now or be selfish and try to get that 2nd rogue vote should we face tc. But on another note if its gonna be a tribe swap then this whole side wars wont matter

LISTER,

NONE

LYNDSAY,

OMG, I’m finally doing a confessional, Logan! Yay for me!

First off I guess I should apologize for not doing any. I know I promised you I would be more active in this game, but I do enjoy flying UTR. Sadly I haven’t been social whoring myself like I normally do. I’m clinically depressed and while I sgned up for this game, I’m having a lot of trouble personally right now to get off my lazy ass and contribute to it. I don’t actually have an excuse this time since life is actually pretty good, but… it is what it is! Anyway, that’s why Im not social whoring myself, but I think I’m in decent enough standings?

LOL at me winning another challenge I hate. I just generally HATE challenges. I hate doing them and I hate investing time into them, so when I saw this and realized there was only me and Sergiu, I knew I had to put down some effort. It did SUCK that we’re 6 hours off from each other… or something like that. Efe really should have done the challenge, because then they would have been able to work together. Sergiu and I barely worked together… he worked on it for a few hours while I slaved away at work, then when I got home I finished what he had started while he did his own thing. It was still evenly broken down 50/50, but I think it would have been a lot more beneficial for somebody who has a better TZ difference, or somebody who doesn’t work on weekends to do it with him. Oh well, I look good now, eh? Sergiu/Lyndsay

Anyway, I have set myself up in an alliance… or… fallen into one is more like it. Jeremy, Sergui, Efe and me are apparently a foursome, with Heeral and Naomi on the outs. Back when we only had us six, we highly suspected that Heeral and Naomi had firneds in other places, so we actively agreed on things to make sure that they couldn’t get there friends over to our tribe without exposing themselves. I think now whatever alliance those two had going into this game are over and they’re forced to work with us Woot!

I actively betrayed Heeral in a game not too long ago, so I worry about her. She and I were never tight in that game, and she says this is a fresh start for us, so I’m not too concerned… but I will never trust her, not until she and I talk more. Thing about the talking is that I’ve been too lazy to actively seek people out! I’m awful, and this is f—ing shameful since I really am an epic player, I swear. Anyway…

Rudez and I are obviously together… if case nobody knew!

MARCELO,

NONE

MICHAEL,

NONE

NAOMI,

NONE

RENEE,

NONE

RUDEZ,

Confessional:

I hate sitting out of challenges.. absolutely hate it! Especially challenges that last 24 hours, it’s like I just sit here waiting and there nothing I can do.. stupid mutiny.. stupid Co.. stupid Ow..

I really hope that KY doesn’t lose whatever this challenge is.. our best bet is to have Cam and Christian compete.. DQ just isn’t around enough to be a hardcore competitor!

Keen to see what this challenge is

Meh LOGAN.. sitting out of challenges is BORING.. I wanna be on a small tribe again!

Confessional:

I’m so happy that we’re going to two tribes! I hated being in the largest tribe, smaller tribes suit me so much! I know everyone on my tribe, I know where they are aligned, I know their strengths and weaknesses!

Being in a smaller tribe is an advantage in my opinion. If you have the right kind of people, they will work harder in challenges and be more motivated to not cause trouble because they know these are the only numbers they have. A smaller tribe, once you hit the merge, will generally stick together longer and convince members of a probably divided larger tribe to swing over.. because the longer a bigger tribe doesn’t go to tribal, the more divided they get, the more eager they are to make moves!

But yeah, I still don’t want to lose challenges. The 7 that we have on KY are good, especially because no one knows who’s on the bottom.. as soon as we go to our first tribal, we will become divided so it’s my goal in the next few rounds to make sure KY avoids tribal council like the plague!

I lied to Lyndsay for the first time in this game. She asked me who I thought had the KY idol, and I told her Cameron! I was very tempted to tell her me, cause I know that she would keep it to herself. But Lyndsay is Co, and she’s helping them win challenges, and I am KY.. and she chose Aspu over me, why wouldn’t she choose Co over me?

I still feel very good with my alliance with Brian. He seems to be pretty loyal, I just worry about his season 2 connections. He’s pulled Lister into our alliance which is fine with me, but I do feel that I need to keep an eye on them both.. but yeah, I feel good with Brian as my partner in this game

I’m excited to see what this new twist will be.. I’ll be awake at 3am to see it all play out I am getting a little bored though with the leap of faith challenge where we just waited for 24 hours, then the luck challenge where you couldn’t just sit and own it, then a boring vote out, then the mutiny where we waited another 24 hours, then having to sit out the first proper challenge in ages, and now waiting another 39 hours to see what happens next! So I am hoping the pace picks up a little soon or else I’m going to start making stupid decisions again 😛

SERGIU,

Sooo, I managed to get myself in a decent position. My Eamon Leamon Dreamon is keeping me safe in case my tribe is going to TC, but we managed to do quite well challenge wise. Also I got a decent alliance with Lynds Jeremy and Efe… made this alliance cuz we all thought Naomi had something going with Heeral Jason Lister and Dave… but apparently that blew cuz none of them got here after the munity. I was the one to offer Michael and Leif spots over here, and now I am asking myself if it was a wise decision cuz Heeral literary trusts me, lol. Marcelo also munited cuz of Efe and myself, apparently. He told me he trust me and everything… to bad I am SOOOO gunning for him cuz he screwed Eamon over. Cameron will be next in line. Funny situation I am finding myself now, cuz I HAVE to be in the challenge, Lynds is playing with me, but she is at work so I did work a bit on it… but didn’t put much effort. Cuz I hope Eamon wins the duel and I am safe… and if we go to TC it would be my chance to take out Marcelo. Not enjoying playing so many sides… this screwed me over in other ORGs but I guess its something to be done, we are after all in an AllStars. Cameron also asked me about who I am aligned with and he wants me to work with him after the merge… he asked if I still remember the deal we made to go to the end… but I made that deal with Glo and Eamon and him to get to 4… now that he got those out, does he really think I will go to the 2 with him… silly. However that is still toooo far ahead to worry about cuz with this game being an allstars with Logan as a host, you never know what will happen. Hope I can last at least til the jury and with my current cards I do think I have a good chance of making the merge

7.63 Round 6 Immunity Challenge

TRIBAL IMMUNITY CHALLENGE #6: Herculean Effort

Alright. We have determined who is playing in this challenge.

Fiona was tied for the most immunity wins in SCWL 1. Dave had the most immunity wins in SCWL 2.

If a tribe of two could potentially win a challenge in SCWL, this would be it.

In Week Zero and Opening Day, we did a challenge that was from the SCWL Prequel.
In round one, we did a challenge from SCWL 5.
In round two, we did a challenge from SCWL 4.
In round three, we did a challenge from SCWL 2.
In round four, we did a challenge from SCWL 3.
In round five, we did a challenge from SCWL 6.

Now it’s time for a challenge from SCWL 1.

In season one, you matched up the scrambled names of celebrities to the scrambled names of countries.

This ended up being the closest challenge between Supa and Coo. All other challenges were a blow out.

In the words of Emeril, this challenge is being kicked up a notch.

Instead of matching up celebrities, you will be matching up Olympians to the country they represented in the Sochi 2014 Olympics.

There will be one dummy country and one dummy name.

For each time that a country appears on the list, that is how many athletes may be assigned to it. For instance, if Australia is scrambled three times in the list, then you will most likely have three Australian Olympians to match it up with in the list.

Each country may have an extra letter or two added to its name.

And you can relax, I won’t be doing that to the Olympian names too.

MUTINY RESULTS:

Alright, let’s get to the results.
.
.
.
.
First person to mutiny:
.
.
.
.
Leif. He mutinies to. . .
.
.
.
Co. Co is now at seven. Ky is at seven. Ow is down to four.
.
.
.
Second person to mutiny:
.
.
.
Michael. He mutinies to. . .
.
.
.
Co. Co is now at eight. Ky is at seven. Ow is down to three.
.
.
.
.
The next person to mutiny:
.
.
.
.
Marcelo. The original captain of Ow is abandoning the tribe that he pioneered. He mutinies to. . .
.
.
.
.
Co. Co is up to nine. Ky is at seven. Ow is reduced to Dave and Fiona.

Nobody from Co or Ky mutinied. Any other mutinies from Ow are blocked as they are down to two players. The game has shifted once again.

The original challenge planned cannot function with two players per tribe, therefore a back-up challenge will be used instead.

In addition, the huge shift in numbers now complicates who is able to participate. Due to the back-up challenge being planned, players must decide beforehand who is playing.

Co: Sergiu and one other person must play in this challenge.
Ky: Two of Cameron, Christian, and Renee must play in this challenge.
Ow: Dave and Fiona are playing by default. This is only the third time that a tribe of two is playing in an immunity challenge. Compared to Anton-Elvera and Travis-Angel, you two appear to have the best chance of being the first two-person tribe to win a challenge ever.

Please decide by 9:00pm eastern.

TRIBAL IMMUNITY CHALLENGE #6: Herculean Effort

Alright. We have determined who is playing in this challenge.

It is Cameron and Christian for Ky. Lyndsay and Sergiu for Co. By default, it is Dave and Fiona for Ow.

Fiona was tied for the most immunity wins in SCWL 1. Dave had the most immunity wins in SCWL 2.

If a tribe of two could ever win a challenge in SCWL, this would be the combination to do it.

In Week Zero and Opening Day, we did a challenge that was from the SCWL Prequel.
In round one, we did a challenge from SCWL 5.
In round two, we did a challenge from SCWL 4.
In round three, we did a challenge from SCWL 2.
In round four, we did a challenge from SCWL 3.
In round five, we did a challenge from SCWL 6.

Now it’s time for a challenge from SCWL 1.

In season one, you matched up the scrambled names of celebrities to the scrambled names of countries.

This ended up being the closest challenge between Supa and Coo. All other challenges were a blow out.

In the words of Emeril, this challenge is being kicked up a notch.

Instead of matching up celebrities, you will be matching up Olympians to the country they represented in the Sochi 2014 Olympics.

There will be one dummy country and one dummy name.

For each time that a country appears on the list, that is how many athletes may be assigned to it. For instance, if Australia is scrambled three times in the list, then you will most likely have three Australian Olympians to match it up with in the list.

Each country may have an extra letter or two added to its name.

And you can relax, I won’t be doing that to the Olympian names too.

For each country that you unscramble, including the dummy one, you score a point.

For each Olympian you unscramble, including the dummy one, you score a point.

For each Olympian and their Olympic team that you match up, you score a point.

The tribe that scores the most points will immunity and their next tribal idol clue. The second place tribe gets immunity. The third place tribe will visit me at Tribal Council where somebody will become the sixth person voted out of this game.

Should Ow lose this challenge, the player who survives Tribal Council will be awarded to the tribe that won this challenge.

PENALTY IDOL PENALTY: If you request the mission this round, your tribe’s score will drop by nine points.

TIEBREAKER #1: Guess how many points were scored by all three tribes total. Closest without going over wins the tiebreaker.

TIEBREAKER #2: Pick five numbers. Lowest non-duplicated number wins the tiebreaker.

I will post a thread for you to post your answers and tiebreakers. No editing posts in the thread. It is due by 10:00pm eastern Saturday.

DUEL #4: Exact same thing as the challenge in the main group, but instead you will message me your answers and tiebreakers individually by 9:00pm eastern Saturday. You must also tell me who you want to be immune at the next TC before the deadline. Bottom two finishers are out of MGI for good.

SALOMEBANCORA
LSBOCREAAOAMN
AARNGINET
ARGENTINA

PATRICKCHAN
ATANRCHIPCK
ACANAD
CANADA

MITCHELL ISLAM
EIHASLMCLIMTL
CAAAND
CANADA

SANDRADANIELAGERBER
NRSAARLNIDEGEAEBARD
ZTREIWSNDLA
SWITZERLAND

ADAMLAMHAMEDI
MHDMEADAIAAML
ROOOCCM
MOROCCO

DMITRIYREIHERD
MRYIDIIEHRRDTE
ZNTASKKAHA
KAZAKHSTAN

HIDENORIISA
IDIRSAHENOI
PAANJ
JAPAN

DANNYDAVIS
VAINDSAYDN
NITSUDESEATT
UNITEDSTATES

FABIANASANTOS
BSAONINFAASTA
ILZRAB
BRAZIL

MARVINDIXON
XVAIMINRNDO
AACJMIA
JAMAICA

KYUNGHYUNKIM
GUMINYNKUYKH
AOREK
KOREA

THIBAUTFAUCONNET
EATBUAHNTNUTFOCI
AECNFR
FRANCE

DOWTRAVERS
SDRWOREATV
NSADANYACLMSI
CAYMAN ISLANDS

ELIZABETHYARNOLD
RHAIENZLABTLODEY
NRAEIARTGTBI
GREATBRITAIN

HUBERTUSVONHOHENLOHE
SBUHHENREUOEOTOVHHNL
EXMCIO
MEXICO

MAGNUSHOVDALMOAN
VGSAHOAMONNDAUML
YNRAWO
NORWAY

AKSELLUNDSVINDAL
DELUASKAVINLLDSN
RYNWAO
NORWAY

EMMANUUTINEN
EAMMUNUNNEIT
LINFDAN
FINLAND

PEETUPIIROINEN
IETPIURNONEIEP
INFLDNA
FINLAND

YTIAL

MLADENPLAKALOVIC
LMEAPADNLAOLCIVK
SVBGNRIHZNEAEOIDNAOA
BOSNIAANDHERZEGOVINA

SEMENELISTRATOV
ESTRNIVTMEOASLE
SRURNOAFSNIIEATDE
RUSSIAN FEDERATION

STINANILSSON
TINANOSSLINS
SWEDEN
NEDLEWS

MARIAWENNERSTROEM
REAAOENMMRTIEWNSR
XEDNSWE
SWEDEN

ALEXEISITNIKOV
SENIXATIVOELKI
REZAIAOBJNA
AZERBAIJAN

JARRYDHUGHES

CHALLENGE AREA

PLAYER 1:

XVAIMINRNDO

AARNGINET

YNRAHWO

SVBGNRIHZNEAEOIDYNAOA

ACANUAD

EIHASLMCLIMTL

CAAALND

LSBOCREAAOAMN

SENIXATIVOELKI

NRSAARLNIDEGEAEBARD

ZTRENIWSNDLA

MHDMEADAIAAML

ATANRCHIPCK

AJRDUHYSERGH

ROOODCCM

MRYIDIIEHRRDTE

ZNTASKKAMHA

IDIRSAHENOI

PAWANJ

VAINDSAYDN

NITSUDESEATT

BSAONINFAASTA

ILZRABL

AACOJMIA

GUMINYNKUYKH

PLAYER 2:

AOBREK

VGSAHOAMONNDAUML

EATBUAHNTNUTFOCI

AECNFDR

TINANOSSLINS

INFLDNPA

NEDLEWS

SDRWOREATV

NRAEMIARTGTBI

DELUASKAVINLLDSN

SRURNOAFSNIIEAETDE

SBUHHENREUOEOTOVHHNL

XEDNSWE

RYNWLAO

EAMMUNUNNEIT

RHAIENZLABTLODEY

REZAIAOBJNA

EXMCRIO

NSADANYACLUMSI

IETPIURNONEIEP

YTIAWL

LMEAPADNLAOLCIVK

ESTRNIVTMEOASLE

LINFDHAN

REAAOENMMRTIEWNSR

TRIBAL RESULTS

Okay. All three pairs put forth a great effort in this challenge. It was SCWL 5 & 6 for Co vs. SCWL 5 & 6 for Ky vs. SCWL 1 & 2 for Ow.

Ky, you scored perfect with 74 points.
.
.
.
.
.
Ow, you scored 63 points. Co needs to score more than 63 points to win immunity.
.
.
.
.
Sergiu initially faltered for half the challenge due to somebody renaming the message thread as “Country Matters”, making him think his list was only countries for several hours.
.
.
.
But he got over that. And Lyndsay was in agony in the other message thread when she discovered that she volunteered herself for an unscramble challenge.
.
.
.
.
.
.
But that wasn’t enough to stop them. Out of nowhere they pulled out a perfect score as well.

Ky and Co finish first and second in a challenge once again!

Congratulations. The rivalry between Co and Ky continues. Now we need to determine who finished this challenge in first.

For the tiebreaker, Co guessed that the total number of points scored would be 146.
.
.
.
.
Ky guessed 140. Therefore, Co wins their second tribal idol clue in a row!

Co achieves first place, and is safe from the vote. Ky achieves second place, and is safe from the vote.

Ow, you guys once again finish a challenge in last place, and have now lost all six immunity challenges in a row. This is a complete reversal for Dave and Fiona who were on two of the most dominating tribes in SCWL history when they originally played. Especially for Fiona who conquered Supa by a 10-1 blowout in SCWL 1.

I will see the two of you for Tribal Council in a couple hours. The person who survives the vote will become the tenth member of Co, and the person voted out will be sent to MGI.

Oh, and speaking of MGI, Eamon won the match-up and would have saved Sergiu from TC if Co had lost the challenge. Jason and Jessica are eliminated from MGI.

7.64 Round 6 Tribal Council

TRIBAL COUNCIL #6

(DAVE)-(FIONA)
XXX
(GLORIA)-(EAMON)-(MORAY)-(SHERI)-(JESSICA)-(KJ)-(JASON)

Secret of Mana — I Closed My Eyes, Game Over

Well, I don’t even know where to begin here.

You two were two of the biggest reasons why SCWL even produced an all-star season.

Fiona, you were the closest of anybody to winning SCWL 1.
Dave, you were the closest of anybody to winning SCWL 2.

I have hosted roughly 120+ TCs in eight seasons of SCWL, and this may be the most tragic vote we’ve ever had.

Each of you will cast a vote. The vote will presumably be tied. Just like any other TC, past votes determine who goes home in the event of a deadlock. If one of you plays an idol, the other is doomed to go home no matter what.

DAVE,

1. It’s an understatement to say this has been one heckuva uphill battle for you and Fiona. You two did not even join Ow until after Pa and Ac were dissolved. Can you describe what the atmosphere on Ow has been like with two people who have never really interacted before?

Surprisingly, it was a nice change of pace for me. Fiona is the type of person who is (brutally) honest and personally, I’ve enjoyed her company a lot more than some of my supposed “allies”. I feel terrible that I had so little time to dedicate to this challenge and ultimately didn’t really contribute anything.

2. I bring that up because SCWL 2 was the only Survivor game you have ever played, and Fiona went away from the Online Survivor universe for quite a while. Did you two even talk to each other before this challenge occurred?

Yes, we did! I told Fiona that I loved reading some of her comments about drinking wine and dissing Marcelo. I feel like if things had been different, we really could have bonded over our mutual dislike for certain individuals and our reputations as challenge dominators.

3. Ow has solely consisted of players from SCWL 1, 2, and 3. The other two tribes are full of SCWL 5 and 6 players. In fact before the mutiny Co did not have a player who had played in a season earlier than 4. Do you concede that playing on a more recent season gave them more of an advantage?

Absolutely. I’ve been out of the SCWL loop for a long time, it certainly hasn’t helped me any.

4. We need to talk about the mutiny. Your fellow SCWL 2 alumni, Leif, Michael, and Marcelo all jumped ship. How brutal was that? In SCWL 2, you went from a 8-6 advantage to a 8-6 disadvantage, and had to win all three challenges to regain the advantage 6-5 entering a merge. How brutal is this mutiny compared to the one in SCWL 2?

Honestly I don’t remember the first one being brutal at all. The only person I recall being surprised about flipping was Shyam and you know how that ended. This time however was indeed brutal as all of my allies end up on a completely different tribe and Ow is left with a tribe of two against Ky and Co, two huge tribes packed with fantastic competitors who won’t let a little thing like “sitting out” stop them from all combining their efforts to crush us every time. Brutal is an understatement.

FIONA,

1. You had your first break from TC last round, but the tradeoff was losing three players to a mutiny this round. How did the mutiny go down from your perspective? Did the thought of mutinying ever enter your mind?

2. Dave has been a close friend of mine since he played SCWL 2, and I have known you for roughly five or six years now online. You even have Cameron who has never met you guys prior to this season who is expressing his sympathy in the main thread. Do you sense the level of sympathy or empathy from the other sixteen as you two sit here at TC?

3. I keep bringing this up, but the reversal is becoming more and more evident. Cooror was the only undefeated tribe in SCWL history. You and Aaron were apart of a tribe that won all seven immunity challenges. In All Stars the only time you have been safe is due to Co giving you immunity in the previous round. On paper, you have switched from going 7-0 to 0-6. Have you been able to pinpoint the reason for this huge shift? Because this challenge was a virtual copy of one that Cooror dominated in SCWL 1.

4. Have the events of these six rounds made you re-think all of the moves you may have been mistaken in going forward with, or is this a lesson for the viewers out there that this is just a series of bad breaks and bad luck which some Survivors from time to time can never escape?

1. I didnt consider the mutiny, I knew that no matter what tribe I was on, I was gone, Naomi is running the show, and noone will take her and Heeral on, its hopeless, theres your F2 right there.
2. The only sympathy I a getting is because I did the challenge alone, yet, I go because of past votes (ty Naomi), most ppl think its unfair, but, I’m ok with it, rules are rules
3. Differing time zones and Aarons usual inactivity, in my season, 3 of us had more similar time zones and could coordinate things better.
4. Honestly, when I seen Naomi and Heeral in the cast, I almost pulled out. In the ORG world, there are people who run all games, everyone wants to align with them and be part of their game. Once, that was me, I’ve been that person, now, I’m defunct and Heeral and Naomi hold that crown. They apparantly have no lives outside of ORG’s and skype 24/7, I cant compete with that.

Okay, when you vote, please stick to the usual format.

VOTE: (Olgan)
REASON: I have voted for you at each of the past several TCs. Everyone has. Unless you pull an idol, past votes should send you home.

Yeah, that was a scramble joke I made. I make one every season. Believe it or not, players ask if they have to scramble the name of the player they are voting for whenever they vote. One of these days I should make players do so for my own amusement.

Alright, this seems like this TC is pretty straightforward, and a bit depressing. Sixteen people are immune. Two aren’t, and here they sit as they are fair game. It is time to vote. Ow (well, what’s left of it), between now and 1:00am eastern Monday, it is time to vote. You’re up.

FIONA: This is just a waste of time, I have past votes and no idol so I’m gone

DAVE: 😦

VOTING

Secret of Evermore Game Over music

DAVE,

VOTE: (Fiona)
REASON: The first time I voted for you I had no idea who you were, now that I’ve had a bit of time to get to know you, I’ve come to genuinely admire and respect you. I know this situation sucks and you have a right to be pissed, but it really is you or me, so sorry Fi, but the Dave has spoken.

FIONA,

I’m only doing this so I dont ruin your game, we both know I’m gone.
VOTE: Dave
REASON: noone else to vote for

VOTE REVEAL

Chrono Trigger Sad Memory music

If anybody has played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I would reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
FIONA: %33-HOW-DID-YOU-GET-THIS77%
.
Rules of my Survivor state that if somebody plays a hidden immunity idol, and that person either gets voted out or is eliminated after all tiebreakers are broken, the idol activates. A new Tribal Council takes place where anybody who voted for the idol holder stays behind.
.
.
.
.
This is. . .
.
.
.
A hidden immunity idol. That means the idol will activate if Fiona is the one who would have been eliminated.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
(Dave)
.
.
One vote Dave.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
(Fiona)
.
.
Alright. It’s a tie. We would normally hold a re-vote, but since no one is around to vote that was not involved in the tie, we go straight to past votes.
.
.
And yes, Fiona does indeed have more past votes. The idol activates.
.
Luckily, the next event I have planned is not until Tuesday night at 9:00pm eastern, so the schedule isn’t really thrown off at all. Dave, if you do not play an idol or nobody gives you one to play, you will be eliminated.
.
If Dave plays an idol, then that means no one in the game is eligible to attend TC, therefore no one can go home. Ky, Co, and Ow would have all of the tribal and individual idols cancel out, and we move on to the next round of play.
.
Fiona, I will send you back to camp in a few hours, and Dave will be left behind here until 2:00am eastern Tuesday to find out if he will or will not be playing an idol.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #6 B

Final Fantasy VII — Aerith’s Theme

(DAVE)
XXX
(GLORIA)-(EAMON)-(MORAY)-(SHERI)-(JESSICA)-(KJ)-(JASON)

Well, this is. . .odd. I don’t even really have anything to say at this point.

There is really no incentive for me to ask you questions again considering you either self-vote or play an idol.

1. Since no one else is here, this can be a bit more open than usual. This almost feels like an exit interview. I understand that you led the mutiny charge, but of all things to happen, your cell phone crapped out on you before you had a chance to message me that you wanted to mutiny? What exactly was the plan there?

2. How shocked are you that Fiona pulled out an idol? It was done at about 12:30am eastern, so I can assure you she played it before the deadline.

3. You said that this game has been far more demanding than your SCWL 2 experience, and announced this would be the last ORG you ever play. Will this TC indeed be the last we see of Dave Bronson in the ORG universe?

1. It could be my ADD and issues with reading retention, or it could have been that these past couple weeks have been ridiculously busy/hectic at my job, but really those are just excuses. The truth is I didn’t read the rules closely enough and misunderstood the mutiny. I thought when it got down to two, the tribe would dissolve, so I didn’t think there was a rush to send in my message. I definitely wanted to leave the cursed Ow beach though and my first thought was to join Lister and Brian on Ky. Lister and I talked about it and decided it might hurt both of our games if I did so, which is when Naomi messages me inviting me to join Co. I happily accepted but didn’t want to freak my alliance mates on Ow so decided to individually talk to people about my thought process. I talked to Leif honestly and he said he’d like to come with me. Great I thought, I’ll have one solid partner, but hopefully not enough to make ourselves targets. I didn’t want everyone to come with because a clear alliance of 3-4 on a now 10 person tribe isn’t a good situation. Also I didn’t want to wind up with Marcelo again. So I played dumb when it came to telling Marcelo and Michael exactly what I was going to do. They must have all talked though because sure enough they all wind up on Co and my skills in procrastination leave me in a pretty s—ty looking position. I wasn’t THAT upset however, knowing that Fiona had past votes and hoping that this would all be some kind of blessing in disguise.

2. Pretty shocked. The only thing I can think of is either KJ gave it to her when she got voted off, or Marcelo gave it to her just to f— me over. Either way, she did a great job getting it and it only makes me respect her more.

3. Unless I can find someone who will give me their idol, yes. I definitely won’t be playing any more ORGs. I was struggling to enjoy this one, which is something I’ve been looking forward to for years. It’s a combination of a lot of things, but mostly I just don’t feel like I can dedicate the amount of time I would like to in order to play the game to the best of my ability. Unless I want to get fired from my job, or ignore all of my friends, I just find it impossible to give the game the attention I feel it requires.

However, the experience has definitely taught me a lot of lessons that I never would have learned otherwise and in some ways it was like the polar opposite of the first game that I played, where admittedly, I had a lot of good luck on my side. This time not so much. It was a frustrating but worthwhile experienc

Alright. Only one question left to answer for the viewers at home. Does Dave have an idol?
.
.
.
.
DAVE: ~\/\/\/\~PUZZLE IDOL~/\/\/\/~
.
.
.
This is. . .
.
.
.
.
The third fake idol you have played this game. Therefore, Dave self-votes by default.
.
Dave, the tribe (or rather, the tribal and individual immunity idols) have spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

DAVE: GG

ME: Well, that was an odd Tribal Council to say the least.

Cameron giving away immunity yet again to save Fiona, and Dave’s own plan coming back to bite him. Technology failed him for the second season in a row.

But the game is about to take a turn. The first ever tribe switch is about to occur, and I can say whatever the heck I want because no one is here right now. Oogity boogity woogity woo. Seriously, who the hell am I talking to? A mystery if I do say so myself.

7.65 Round 6 Blog
THE MUTINY

Everyone knew this twist was on the horizon. We do it every season. It’s a staple of the SCWL franchise.

And tragically, for the second season in a row, this mutiny drops a tribe down to two players. How?

DAVE’S FOLLY

Like with the Dark Knight challenge last round, many players went back and forth whether to mutiny or stay on their own dang tribe. Ow was going to stay together, but Dave commanded the other three SCWL 2 players to make the switch.

Only problem? Dave did it right before his battery died, and needed to charge it before he could message me that he was switching. Therefore, all three switched while he was still stuck on a tribe with Fiona. Now him and Fiona are alone on Ow.

But could the two biggest challenge beasts from SCWL 1 and 2 be what Ow needs to secure its first victory?

LYNDSAY STEPS UP

Co struggled to figure out who would play in the challenge. At the deadline Lyndsay came out of nowhere to not only play in the challenge, but also send in a confessional too. Crazy world, I know.

CAMERON AND CHRISTIAN DOMINATE AS EXPECTED

Is it a surprise to anyone, really? Although it did come down to a tiebreaker between them and Co. We have yet to see Co at Tribal Council with the exception of the mega 15-person TC where Heeral was at risk.

Yet Ky has already voted out a member, nobody has taken notice that Co has had the easiest path so far. In a tribe that is full of competent players that are more recent to the series, they could go on to be the tribe to beat this season.

But then again, Ky has won five out of six challenges. The loss which sent them alone to TC was a second place finish. They may be at risk of appearing too threatening, but when Ow was willing to work with them earlier, they may have allies to use down the road.

WHY TWO-PERSON TRIBES WILL LIKELY NEVER BE ALLOWED IN THE FUTURE

Three times in seven seasons we have suffered through a two-person Tribal Council before the merge.

And you know what? Each time we typically lose a big player.

SCWL 1 saw us lose Anton.
SCWL 6 saw us lose Angel after he tried his darndest at the immunity challenge.
SCWL 7 was guaranteed to lose us Dave or Fiona.

I went back and forth whether to eliminate two-person pre-merge TCs for good, but I hate to interfere with the game like that.

I hate giving players on a struggling tribe a free pass for screwing up or making poor choices for who they vote out.

In SCWL 1, Supa earned every single loss. If any tribe deserved to go down to one member, it was them. However, if I didn’t let Coo receive a 10th member in the mutiny, the merge would have happened at 9 vs. 2.

In SCWL 6, a mutiny resulted in tribes being 7-4-4 as Nlad went down to one player after the following three rounds. They could have still been at two players at the merge if I didn’t let too many people join Aspu.

And now in SCWL 7, a mutiny allowed a tribe to balloon back up to ten members. 10-7-2.

So whenever a mutiny occurs in future seasons, you will probably see larger restrictions placed on how many members can be on one tribe or how few members can be on another tribe post-mutiny. Only truly awful tribes should go down to one member. Not ones that consist of Dave and Fiona.

ARE PEOPLE SITTING OUT TRULY SITTING OUT?

Ah, Marcelo’s slip of Betty White was public a couple rounds ago, but this is the issue with smaller tribes in non-live games. How do you police that people are truly sitting out other than the threat of “if you do so and proven to have done it, you’ll be disqualified and/or ejected from the game”.

I would hope everyone always plays fair when their tribe is in the majority, but smaller tribes will always be at a disadvantage unless there is an effective way to police it.

KY EARNS THEIR FIFTH BUT POINTLESS CLUE

Who hasn’t found it by now?

DO FAKE IDOLS MAKE A DIFFERENCE IN SCWL?

I am curious if anybody has altered their alliances and/or strategy based on having what they think is most likely a fake idol. Do you target the person who you think planted the fake idol? Do you attempt a dumber move at Tribal Council because of it?

It would be interesting to see if any changes occur, even if they are minor.

JEREMY’S GAMEPLAY AS GOOD AS EVER, BUT WILL PEOPLE CATCH ON

This is Jeremy’s second game in the online community, and he appears to be just as sharp as he was in SCWL 5. With numerous players from SCWL 5 staying alive this season, he may not have as much freedom to be sneaky.

Dave rarely played, but yet he was the one with a much bigger target on his back. For some reason Jeremy always gets to slip by and find himself within alliance majorities, and receiving help from players on multiple tribes.

Once the major players go, will Jeremy see himself as the next big threat? It seems near impossible for Jeremy to get to the end based on what he did last game, but so far he is handling his position very well.

SERGIU’S GUARDEAMON ANGEL

The only player to make it to day 39 continues his path of eternal pre-merge safety. As long as Eamon cares enough to play in duels and protect Serg, we could see Sergiu making another deep season run. He has definitely recovered after Cameron dismantled their own tribe at the beginning of the game.

Perhaps Jeremy and Sergiu would be the best cover for each other in a post-merge situation.

Oh, but are we even merging?

FIONA IS DEAD

Dave and Fiona both knew what the past vote total was for each of them. Fiona was fully expecting to go. It was difficult to have her complete her TC questions. It was nuts to go from a 7-0 record, F4 spot, and super active player in SCWL 1 to zero confessionals, short TC answers, 0-6, and looking to be sixth voted out here in SCWL 7.

Fiona was about to go in one of the most humiliating ways possible in SCWL history.

We waited for the votes to be locked in as the 24 hour deadline approached. It was only a couple hours before votes were to be revealed and Fiona’s torch to be snuffed until. . .

CAMERON DOES THE UNTHINKABLE. . .AGAIN

Ah, Cameron. I know he’s been waiting all night to see what is posted here in this section.

For the past twenty episodes, I feel like I am always talking about Cameron at great lengths. Him and Rudez have really been serving the SCWL world a lot of content over the past year. It’s going to be odd to move on to SCWL 8 where I will likely never be mentioning them all season.

Is Cameron playing a good or bad game? Honestly, that may not be completely irrelevant. You can tell Cameron is not playing for the camera. He is into this game as much as he possibly can be (even to the point of getting into trouble with his professor for being on his phone too much in class to access SCWL).

What’s important is that Cameron has been making moves that he thinks are in his best interests. And how much can you criticize those moves, really? He made it to F4 in SCWL 6, and was very close to having his strategy win him the whole season.

Here we are in SCWL 7 and has personally been responsible for Glo’s, Eamon’s, and now Dave’s exits. That is a lot of power for one person to hold in a game that started with 23 active players. What’s even crazier is that Marcelo can claim a couple of the big voteouts for himself. Marcelo and Cam being the most responsible for these eliminations is something nobody expected after six rounds.

And now both are on the ropes. Even before Cam used his idol to save Fiona, Mad Scientists and Co–er, Mad Scientists and Others on Ky that are part of their grouping are setting up Cam.

Should Cam hold onto his idol much longer? Furthermore, should you ever use your idol to save anyone else? Well, we’ve seen players in past SCWL games mess up on not saving someone else. But we also have seen players not be selfish enough to play the idols on themselves.

I’ve been lucky enough that I almost always succeed whenever I play an idol. Whether it be on myself or someone else.
.
.
.
Okay, I’ll give an actual opinion here. Granted this is with a bunch of confessionals being tossed in front of me.

If I was Cam, I would have held onto the idol and save it for another day. Fiona would be a casualty of the war, and I would pick a fight to boot Dave another day. The earliest I have needed to play an idol on myself was when thirteen remained in the game.

So much can happen when eighteen players are in the game and with 2-3 tribes in play. Dynamics shift. Players get caught in lies. Some players can go inactive in such a large group.

But this is coming from a guy who is always really patient in online games. My passive nature makes me a dull player unless you read my stupid confessionals.

There is no way Cameron could handle being patient. There’s only so many strategies that each contestant can use successfully when they play online games.

Given that Cameron is still alive after six rounds, it is tough to say that he is playing a bad game, per se.

But everyone can agree that Cam’s gameplay is exciting to witness episode by episode.

FIONA AND CAMERON COMMUNICATING?

Something I never expected. They’re never on the same tribe. Fiona has been virtually retired for years while Cameron has only been in the ORG universe for four months.

And yet Fiona is saved by Cameron’s idol. She was doomed to go. The Hail Mary pass was made. I was stunned. The whole world wept when they knew what must go down next.

DAVE AND HIS LAST DITCH EFFORT

There are only so many people you can beg to give you their idol. It reminded me of season eight of 24 when Vladimir has to call all of the Russian mob groups if they have the nuclear fuel rods. All of the groups deny it regardless of one group possessing them, and Vladimir gets killed for putting himself in such a risky situation anyway.

Sadly all Dave has to use is an idol that he thinks is most likely fake.

THREE FAKE IDOLS BURNED IN TWO ROUNDS

Poor Dave. He virtually goes down in the RyLis fashion. Except here he practically goes by default. Eighteen people are immune except him. If Rudez gave him an idol, the whole round would have been null and void.

THE SADDEST TC EVER + DAVE WAS NEVER EXPECTED TO GO DOWN LIKE THIS

Two players who I have known for years and talk to outside of the SCWL series having to go at war like this as no other options existed.

They could have kicked butt in the challenge, but couldn’t pull it together as both of them have seen their lives drastically change.

One of them would be saved by Cam; the other would suffer defeat at the hands of Cam.

Dave goes, and we all wonder how the heck Fiona is still surviving after six super duper disastrous rounds.

LOOKING AHEAD TO RE-SHUFFLING THE TRIBES AND WONDERING WHAT COULD HAVE BEEN FOR DAVE

Dave could have seen himself in a much much much better position if he made it to the first ever SCWL switch.

But it’s done. Goodbye Dave, and we have A LOT of All Stars to still play.

Seventeen players will be spread between Co and Ky. How much will the tribes shake up? I had no idea what to expect from the upcoming pick em.

And you’ll see more than two people at Tribal Council. No more unanimous 1-0 or 8-0 TC votes. They’re done. Prepare for everyone to go down real hard at every single elimination for the rest of the game.

7.66 Round 6 Boot List Prediction

17: FIONA
16: MICHAEL
15: CAMERON
14: NAOMI
13: HEERAL
12: EFE
11: JEREMY
10: LEIF
09: CHRISTIAN
08: MARCELO
07: RENEE
05: LYNDSAY
04: AARON
03: RUDEZ
02: LISTER
01: BRIAN

7.67 Next Time on SCWL

– Cameron faces the fallout of using his hidden immunity idol on Fiona. Has he taken his interventionist tactics one step too far as the plan to take him out is already in motion?

– Fiona is waiting to be picked up by her new tribe. . .

– But none of that matters as the first ever tribe switch in SCWL history will occur as another live Opening Day challenge from SCWL’s past will shake things up.

– With tribes being mixed up due to a pick em, will players embrace the twist or will everyone be determined to stick to their original tribes?

– Regardless of the outcome, both tribes scramble to determine a core alliance and will set up a massive showdown.

– And yet another unprecedented event at Tribal Council will put three players in the hot seat. Who will suffer the consequences and go home early?

7.70 Round 7 Summary

“Power Struggles”

SU—

Dissolved.

PA—

Dissolved.

CO—(1 tribal idol clue)

1. HEERAL DESAI

2. JEREMY BELL

3. LYNDSAY SHERRY

Drafted from SU 3rd: SERGIU ZABLAU

Drafted from Pa 2nd: NAOMI SOWARD (Mutiny Trigger)

Drafted from Ac 2nd: EFE KARANISOGLU

Mutinied from Ow: MARCELO CAMPOS (1 TC strike)

Mutinied from Ow: MICHAEL GRAGA

Mutinied from Ow: LEIF BORNALES

OW—

FIONA “SMITH”

AC—

Dissolved.

KY— (6 tribal idol clues)

1. RUDEZ MERKS

2. BRIAN WHITEHEAD

3. CHRISTIAN FUENTES

4. RENEE DQ HIGLEY

Drafted from Su 1st: CAMERON JOHNSON

Drafted from Pa 1st: LISTER POTTER III

Received from Ac by default: AARON FRAZEE

MGI—

24th Place Malaysian: EAMON JAWATIN (SCWL 2–11th place)

21st Place Intern: JESSICA FREY (The Gambler + Medallion of Power) (SCWL 4–3rd place)

19th Place Student: JASON STEPHENS (SCWL 5–6th place)

OUT:

25th Place Goddess: GLORIA QUERY (SCWL 5–5th place)

23rd Place Scottish Fellow: MORAY JAMES (Ejected) (SCWL 5–11th place)

22nd Place Mama: SHERI MARTINEZ (Ejected) (SCWL 3–9th place)

20th Place Initially: KJ BOCK (SCWL 3–6th place)

19th Place Student: JASON STEPHENS (SCWL 5–6th place)

Date: April 1st to April 6th

Twist: Opening Day Part II. Two tribe captains re-select tribes. 17th player goes to MGI and travels to TC with immunity.

Special Challenge III: Cryptogram. Two cryptograms are available. First person to solve the first cryptogram is captain numero uno. First person to solve the second cryptogram is captain numero two.

Results: Naomi and Rudez are the new captains.

Who Switched: Just Leif. Michael went to MGI, received immunity, and traveled with Co to TC.

Immunity Challenge VII: What is ‘Can I Buy a Vowel’?

Info: Tribes divided themselves into eight categories. Six would cover one of six Jeopardy! categories, and two players would work together to complete a couple of Wheel of Fortune puzzles. Highest score wins.

Results: Ky wins immunity by score of 14, 400 to 7, 400.

Reward: Ky wins their sixth clue for the final idol.

Tribal Council: Co

Immune: Ky

Uselessly Immune Due to MGI: Sergiu

Immune From Winning Prior Maze Challenge: Naomi.

Player Voted Out: No one. Tie between Marcelo and Heeral. Fiona received two votes. Sergiu did not vote.

Vote Count: 3-3-2-0.

Player Voted Out in Revote: Heeral

Vote Count: 4-3

How is Marcelo Still Alive Despite Being Viewed as a Major Wildcard and Recent Addition to Tribe After Mutiny?: IDK.

7.71 Previously on SCWL. . .

– The Mad Scientists, Brian and Rudez, put in motion a voting bloc to take out Cameron at the next Tribal Council, fearing what he may do long term.
– The expected classic SCWL mutiny twist came, and many players contemplated jumping ship to one of the other tribes.
– And the heavily fractured Ow tribe was willing to split as Dave ordered his SCWL 2 allies on Ow to move to Co.
– But Dave’s battery ran low before he could send his decision to mutiny, and was too late as all three available spots to mutiny were taken by Leif, Marcelo, and Michael.
– Although a plan was in play to take out Heeral, the newcomers of Leif, Michael, and Marcelo complicated the whole situation. How would they adjust in a nine-person tribe?
– Luckily they would be given more time as Co and Ky would win tribal immunity once again, sending a tribe consisting of only Dave and Fiona to Tribal Council.
– Despite his blunder, Dave appeared to be safe as a 1-1 deadlock would send Fiona home via past votes.
– But Cameron intervened at another tribe’s Tribal Council once again, and gave his only hidden immunity idol to Fiona. Fiona saved herself, leaving everyone else left in the game, including the host, stunned.
– Dave pleaded for someone to give him a real idol, but was merely stuck with playing his third and final fake idol of the game.
– In a series first, Dave was eliminated by a vote of 1-0 as all other seventeen players were immune.
– Fiona now heads back to the Ow camp alone, wondering how in the world she is still alive after being dead last in virtually every challenge so far this game.
– Seventeen are left; who will be voted out tonight?

7.72 Round 7 Confessionals

AARON,

None

BRIAN,

“I don’t suppose this twist is just an April Fool’s Joke…” – Brian Whitehead

Pickem 2.0 Confessional: Sorry guys, I looked but I couldn’t find a quote from anyone else nearly this good…better luck next time! So we had a pickem again, which probably would have been cool if there were 3 tribes, or at least interesting if something dramatic had happened to either of the 2 tribes involved. But at least you made us sweat a little! Naomi and Rudez were captains as usual and Rudez and I were WAY too scared that we wouldn’t be on KY…What can I say! Co is the enemies, so calling ourselves that would just hurt! Naomi was nice and let us have KY, and away we went…Rudez was afraid of Cam doing something stupid so she chose Christian #1, and the First 5 alliance all made it on Ky, eh? And this is where Rudez insisted that Lister and Aaron had to stay on the tribe as well. Why would anyone listen to this? Why should she care who the outsiders are? Will her propaganda work again?

Of course it does…Damn I’m glad she’s with me…although there needed to be a tiny bit of drama to make sure Lister was around to pick Aaron, because DQ wouldn’t have picked Aaron, but yeah, we keep all 7 on Ky and add Leif as well (Thank you whoever took Marcelo off the table at the last second!) Over the course of the last couple rounds Rudez and I have had to spell out our plans pretty plainly to Aaron, so it was the right time to start the group for Operation Blindside Cam, which is Mad Scientists, Aaron and Lister. (If 4:30 am South Africa time can be the right time for anything). And Leif will be likely to side with us as well! So things are going smoothly for me! And even though I cringe at the thought that Rudez may be plotting against me as I write this, Mad Scientists to the end!

“In an attempt to find out which reality tv show has the echo ‘where are you?’, I’ve watched a few minutes of finding bigfoot. I think my brain just melted.” – Rudez Merks

Round 7 Confessional: I love the Jeopardy! and Wheel of Fortune challenges despite my spotty history with them. (The way I choose to remember I’m 3-0!) Honestly I’m really good with Google and just happy to have a challenge where I can clearly outperform Rudez for once! Yeah, while Rudez was watching people hunt Bigfoot, I noticed there was an obscure show called “Lost” and decided to investigate…now it’s not too easy to dig up info on a show that ran 3 episodes and happens to have the same name as one of the most popular shows of the last decade, but I did it, several others pulled their weight and we won immunity!

One person who happened to not pull her weight in this challenge was DQ…again…she always begs to show her value but never does…Rudez and I actually tossed around the idea of voting her out instead, but I don’t think that would have happened for various reasons…namely us not wanting to blindside Cam and keep him around and getting Mike would have put the core in the minority…but all is forgiven now. Cam on the other hand…I seriously thought that in the fight with Eamon he admitted to giving Fifi the idol (which he did!) but I guess upon careful reading he was just being “sarcastic”. Unless Christian was playing me, he doesn’t know Cam gave Fiona the idol which could help us reel him back in should we ever lose and Cam-magedeon finally happens! It’s basically a known fact that Rudez and I are on the bottom of the 5, so I guess that means that we’re not going to be the final 5 after all! Luckily we have an idol (a real one Cam) and we have a plan…Mad Scientists to the end!

CAMERON,

How many people do you need?

For this game breaking s—.

Logan you are a horrible person.

I hope you know that.

You need to go apologize to everyone for being a big fat liar.

Especially since I planned my game around you not bold faced lying to us.

Logan hold up you’re doing math wrong. There are 17 people left. Not 16.

Okay, so…

call it karma, Logan.

Fool us with a tribe switch, we fool you with absolutely nothing.

…ick, you know what…

wow, I sounded like Matt there.

Sorry I’ve been such a dick. I still think the tribe swap was total BS, but I could still be on better behavior.

It’s a madhouse in CO.

Fifi shared the fact that no one told her what to do

I am organizing a blindside on a tribe I’m not in.

That is the strangest thing.

I want chaos to reign on CO.

Talking to the CO outsiders, they’re a mess I’m trying to glue together.

Fiona really can’t stand Heeral or Naomi, but can’t trust Lyn and Efe very much.

Efe’s been dodgy as f— and is unnerving multiple alliances.

Lyn is standoffish and isn’t aligning worth a f—.

Marcelo is, well, Marcelo. Paranoid of everything.

Michael is somewhat sane, but I’m uneasy on him.

I’d like for Jeremy to be voted out, but if I can at least get the other five in enough of a state of chaos that they burn out, that works for me.

So it’s a win win either way.

And hey, if Efe f—s it up badly enough, or Lyn for that matter, they might be better to take.

or even Fiona, for that matter.

They’re a tribe of trainwrecks

Trying to play a little Vecepia and made a group chat for these five little hurricanes.

Yeah, these guys are fuuuuuhuuuuuucked

Efe is saying he’s betraying Fifi.

Despite me confiding in him that I used my idol on her to help us out long term.

He’s a f—ing idiot.

He wants to play like Chaos Kass.

Which should be the last person you should emulate.

So I’m not gonna do anything about it. The four are voting for Marcelo anyway. The five would be split between Fiona and Heeral.

The second the vote comes through against Marcelo, I can say that Efe did it.

The CO tribe will then henceforth be known as Chaos Ordinate.

Where Chaos and S—ty Gameplay interline.

Well damn.

Just another blindside I helped make happen on other peoples’ tribes

Between Gloria, Eamon, Jason, Dave, and Heeral, I’ve been slaughtering a lot of these people.

if you count me pressuring Marcelo into getting the necklace, that could also count KJ in.

So yeah. Blood on my hands, cold as ice, the world is my oyster, and more carnage left to come.

At this rate, though, I am kind of the Jenna Lewis in that given the chance I’d probably suck dick, and I’m killing a lot of really good characters to boost myself ahead.

CHRISTIAN,

None

EFE,

I am not sure if everybody needs to send their puzzle seperately but fiona and marcelo may not make it so this is the full list

Confession This vote is disturbing! I don’t know what to do. I am on a turning point where I can vote Fiona or as Fiona offered vote Heeral. If I approach this perfectly selfish and individually I gotta vote Heeral because both Marcelo and Fiona are loyal to me than any other former members of CO. And with that move We will get the control of the tribe. Negative thing here is I don’t trust Micheal, he screwed me twice. Sergui insisted on too much keeping Micheal and he involved him and Leif our future plans. My other option is I can go with them split the votes and vote Fiona. In long term this may not be the best move because neither fiona or marcelo are strong allies. Jeremy and Segui are much better socially and strategically (I can’t also be sure about them because I think they are playing both sides.) Voting Heeral will make them dependent to me and Lynds. Heeral doesn’t talk to me and she obv have no intention to work with me either. I am really confused. Should I act selfish and make the best move for me OR should I start thinking merge and who can get me further in this game? It’s gonna be interesting…

FIONA,

None

HEERAL,

None

JEREMY,

Confessional: I definitely think this tribe shake up has some disadvantages for my game. CO was in a good position as we had the numbers advantage and we just had to win 2 of the next 5 challenges to be up 7-5 at the merge.

Now if we lose the next challenge we could be faced with the problem of being down 9-7, which is dependent on the MGI result. With 5 tribal challenges left it may be very hard for us to get to the merge with a numbers advantage considering the strength that KY has shown so far.

We may need to get creative at some point. With 5 challenges left before we vote to merge I would predict that we will likely win 2 of them which should give enough clues for the idol. With an idol and the mutiny trigger we could likely repeat the move that Naomi and Christian pulled in season 5 which resulted in Moray being voted out. To the effect that divisions on Ky could be widened.

***AFTER THE VOTEOUT***

Confessional. So F—ing mad right now. What the f— Efe and Lyndsay. Time to rethink a lot of things.

LEIF,

Lol how crazy so it felt like i either benefited or lost because of this tribe swap, uhm wow

also it sucks being last picked its almost like back in high school and being the odd one out. sigh, dont you just love it when things haunt u again?

So apparently im the middle man on ky, which is funny to me because no one has really talked to me about it

I hope they are not pulling a sarah on me though lol

LISTER,

Confessional:

Alright. So since joining the KY tribe I’ve enjoyed several victories. I’ve bee wanting to lay low for a while so that I don’t draw a bigger target on me. People continue to talk about how I’m working with Naomi and Heeral and have even gone so far as to say I’m up their asses. Well guess what. I could have mutinied to their tribe if I wanted to but I didn’t. Maybe I’ll work with them later in the game but for now all we have is a partnership where we watch out for each other and give each other warnings.

At various points since Jason joined the KY tribe Rudez has hinted to me about working with her and Brian and we even “made a deal” that the two of us were going to work together to the end. Of course the words “Final 2” were never mentioned so I wouldn’t be surprised if she has no intentions of really going that far with me. That said, I’m not so sure if I want to go to the end with her either. It’s great for me to work with her right now but everyone likes Rudez and I could see her winning against most people. Yeah it’s a little early to be thinking about final 2 threats but that’s why I’m not talking about voting her out yet. I have no problems working with her in the slighest but at some point she will have to go.

For the most part though things have been quiet on my tribe. At least as far as I’m concerned. Cameron seems to think that he’s safe with his “Original KY 5” alliance but dude, you weren’t an original KY either. I know he’s the one who’s been pointing the finger at me but so long as Rudez and Brian don’t listen to him I should be okay. I’ve lost a great ally though. At the mutiny OW tried to mutiny to CO and Dave was too late and because someone *cough*Cameron*cough* decided to give Fiona an idol it knocked out Dave. I gave him mine to try and save him but of course it turns out to be a fake. I was pretty sure it was a fake after Dave told me his fake idol could only contain letters and not numbers like mine could but I figured it couldn’t hurt to let him try and save himself.

But yeah. So Dave is gone now and he was somebody who I knew I could count on through and through.

Things stayed simple on my tribe though until the “Tribe Swap” happened. The tribes stayed the same with the exceptions of Fiona joining CO and Leif joining KY. Naomi told me that she originally wanted to steal KY’s camp just to irritate Rudez but then she realized she’d be leaving behind the CO idol and didn’t want any of us to get our hands on it. Fair enough Naomi, but you missed the opportunity to mirror Survivor All-Stars where the tribe swap had all but Amber stay together but switch beaches. What were you thinking?

Right after the tribe swap though the game decided to move. Aaron, who I’ve talked to briefly mentioned how he only really felt good about me, Rudez and Brian which sounded great to me because I knew if I could ge the four of us together that would be half the tribe together in an alliance and I knew that I could rope Leif in. 2 rounds ago Leif told me that he wanted us to do what we couldn’t do in SCWL 2 and that was to make it to the end together. Of course I told him yes and maybe I’ll hold true to that. Cameron is the target of this alliance unless I’m being led astray but to be perfectly honest I’m not sure if voting out Cameron is the best idea.

There’s rumors he has the KY idol in addition to the Puzzle Idol that he gave to Fiona. I really hate that people can give idols to people on other tribes but there’s nothing I can do about that. So if we do decide to vote him out we’ll have to be very careful about it so word doesn’t get back to him. There’s also the fact that Cameron is one of our stronger challenge performers. I could have done just as well in the Jeopardy challenge but my work schedule has pretty much cut my org time to a low amount. I can’t stay up as late as I want to anymore and I can’t access facebook during the day so my challenge time is highly limited. If Cameron goes we could lose more. Thankfully though we do still have other people that we could vote out if the time came for it.

We’ll see though. If not Cameron it should be DQ I think. She’s been the least useful in the challenges for the KY tribe.

Of course, from what I hear from Naomi the Mutiny Trigger might be getting pulled sometime soon. Heeral just told me she was voted out which greatly increases the odds of it being pulled as well. Apparently Naomi’s plan is to pull the trigger and have her whole alliance mutiny to KY and screw two people by leaving them on old CO again. If she does this I have no idea what the aftermath will be. The numbers game will suddenly go crazy and difficult to predict. If this happens, I am going to be pulled in so many different directions and the next vote I go to will be a massive headache. Some people like being the swing vote and at times it’s nice, but other times all it is is a huge mess that no matter who goes will only result in a massive migraine and people who are pissed at you.

So I’m hoping the Mutiny Trigger doesn’t get pulled but considering what just happened over at CO with Heeral, I’d say it’s a damn near guarantee that it’s going to happen.

LYNDSAY,

None

MARCELO,

U can say it now, logan…

I AM this season, lol

MICHAEL,

None

NAOMI,

None

RUDEZ,

Confessional:

#1: Cameron gives Fiona the Idol I hate that Cameron didn’t tell me about his plan for the HII. I found the plan to be extremely short sighted and premature. If he had waited a few turns to save someone to ensure their loyalty it might’ve actually been a great plan.. but instead he wasted the idol, and pissed me off by not telling me. As soon as I heard about the idol, I knew Cam gave it to Fiona and asked for his reasons for not telling me.. and he told me it’s cause he thought I’d think he was going against KY.. he needs to learn how to lie better!

So an idol that could’ve been useful has been wasted, but that’s one less idol to be used against me, so I can’t be too annoyed. It also, once again, shows everyone that Cameron is playing for Cameron.

#2: People not participating in the challenge This challenge required quite a lot of work and Leif, Cameron, Brian, Christian, and myself did the entire challenge by ourselves. Aaron let us know he wouldn’t be able to help, and Lister was at work but showed up to help once he was done.. and DQ.. was no where to be seen… again! It’s starting to frustrate me that she doesn’t compete in challenges and then complains when we sit her out. If we had lost the challenge (which we owned), I would’ve honestly considered voting DQ out.. but thank goodness we didn’t

#3: Co falls apart So currently the vote was 3 for Heeral, 3 for Marcelo, 2 for Fiona and Serg didn’t vote. His vote was meant to go for Fiona as Heeral, Naomi, Jeremy, Sergiu, Lyndsay and Efe are aligned on that tribe.. probably in that order. It is in my best interests for Lynds and Efe to get to the merge, but they won’t if they enter the merge without the numbers cause in their alliance of 6, they’re apparently at the bottom.

Cameron is super angry at the for voting for Fiona cause he did spend his idol saving her.. which wouldn’t have happened if he had approached us first. You can tell people what to do and who to align with.. not in this game.. and Cam isn’t figuring that out. So Lyndsay is super over Cameron telling her what to do..

But Cameron is telling them to do what I want them to do.. so I spoke to Lyndsay and Efe and just tried to outline that if KY wins even 3 out of the next 5 challenges, at least 1 of them isn’t making the merge (based on the info they gave me).. so they’re rethinking the plan. I’m not going to push them any which way, but I’ve assured them that when they get to the merge, there should be a spot for them in my alliance.. which I think is something I will be able to give them.. only time will tell

Hoping Ky keeps winning

ah typo in my confessional… you can’t tell people what to do and who to align with

SERGIU,

I think this may seem a bit off…

But please make it as short and as quick as possible, haha:D

Confessional 3#: Well lots have happend but Co 6 strong stay together hehe.. i got Michael and leif with us… marcelo also seems on board with working with us but i highly doudt i will be able to trust him. I still want him out cuz he screwed Eamon over. Also Cam is soooo funny… he is playing waaay to hard, telling people who to allign with, wasting idols on hopless players… he is just funny to watch. This season is defenetly rising my mood cuz its soo fun to play. P.s Will get back

Logan, honestly now

Thx so much for casting me… this is such an amazing game and i am enjoying it to its fullest … just hat’s of to u, and the people u casted… its just soo perfect matched.. hehe

***AFTER THE NO VOTE***

Fiona

Didn’t I send?

Fionasorry

I send the vote in the wrong chat sorry logsny

Logsn

Wait

Logan

Wait Logan

I don’t want heeral out…

I want either Fiona or Marcelo out

I am on phone and can’t check fb

I am voting so that heeral doesn’t go.. I am voting Marcelo if he has votes on…

Please give me a few hours.. I am out with my vest friend..its his birthday and I am drunk…lol.. pleeeease wait til I wake and can check for what happened on tribw

Loooogan please wait for my vote… I am out at and drunk I can’t check FBI and idk what happened please wait

Logan my vote is Marcelo.m whatsoever doesn’t get heeral screwed… I DONT want heeral oout.. Marcelo

Please lol

If I need to I give immunity to heeral

Logan I vote marcel

Marcelo

NOT heersl

Logan I DONT want heeral out.. I vote Marcelo if that saves heeral

Apologizing for this situation… he he got a bit out of my head Cuz I’m in my hometown

7.73 Round 7 Special Challenge and Immunity Challenge

SPECIAL CHALLENGE:

So far you have eliminated eight All Stars from the competition. Eight down, sixteen to go. You are one-third of the way to becoming the SCWL All-Star champion.

And the path to becoming an all-star means putting up with twists you have never seen in any other season of SCWL.
.
.
.
Yep, for the first time in SCWL history, we are doing a tribe swap. Well, it was supposed to dissolve a third tribe, but that happened earlier than anticipated. So it is an unexpected albeit historic SCWL tribe swap.

It’s time for a cryptogram.

Below are two cryptograms. The first one to solve the top cryptogram, and posts the answer in this thread will become a captain. The first one to solve the bottom cryptogram and posts the answer in this thread will become the second captain.

No, you cannot solve both and be a double captain.

The quotation marks are quotation marks.
The letter ‘K’ is simply the letter ‘K’.
The commas are commas.
The periods are periods.
Everything else represents a letter of the alphabet.

We will then do a schoolyard pick just like on Opening Day to form two tribes of eight. So tribes may be shaken up a little. . .or a lot. It’s up to you.

@# $%^ &*(- -% +: -/: {*}-*@( &@-/ -/: #@[]- }@{K, }=:*]: [:}=$ @( -/: -/[:*; &@-/ -/: ~:]]*`: “$% +*[%(, @ {*( ;@` @-!”.

@# $%^ &*(- -% +: -/: {*}-*@( &@-/ -/: ]:{%(; }@{K, }=:*]: [:}=$ @( -/: -/[:*; &@-/ -/: ~:]]*`: “]/%& -@~:, +@` -@~:, }*[-$ -@~:, *(; -/:( ]%~:”.

Good luck.

IF YOU WANT TO BE THE CAPTAIN WITH THE FIRST PICK, PLEASE REPLY IN THE THREAD WITH THE MESSAGE “YO BARON, I CAN DIG IT!”.
@# $%^ &*(- -% +: -/: {*}-*@( &@-/ -/: #@[]- }@{K, }=:*]: [:}=$ @( -/: -/[:*; &@-/ -/: ~:]]*`: “$% +*[%(, @ {*( ;@` @-!”.

IF YOU WANT TO BE THE CAPTAIN WITH THE SECOND PICK, PLEASE REPLY IN THE THREAD WITH THE MESSAGE “SHOW TIME, BIG TIME, PARTY TIME, AND THEN SOME”.
@# $%^ &*(- -% +: -/: {*}-*@( &@-/ -/: ]:{%(; }@{K, }=:*]: [:}=$ @( -/: -/[:*; &@-/ -/: ~:]]*`: “]/%& -@~:, +@` -@~:, }*[-$ -@~:, *(; -/:( ]%~:”.

@ = I
# = F
$ = Y
% = O
^ = U
& = W
* = A
( = N
– = T
+ = B
: = E
/ = H
{ = C
} = P
[ = R
] = S
; = D
= = L
~ = M
` = G

CO

NAOMI
SERGIU
HEERAL
EFE
LYNDSAY
JEREMY
FIONA
MARCELO

KY

RUDEZ
CHRISTIAN
BRIAN
CAMERON
RENEE
LISTER
AARON
LEIF

MGI

MICHAEL

Leif switches, and as you probably guessed, Michael is heading to MGI.

A little different from when Sheri visited MGI in round one. You will not win immunity automatically. Instead, you must beat Dave and Eamon in this round’s duel. If you win, you will join the losing tribe and be safe from TC. Lose, you will join the losing tribe but be vulnerable at TC anyway.

Should Dave or Eamon win the duel/truel, same old song. They will decide who will be immune for this round.

So that’s it. In the first tribal shake up in SCWL history, Leif switches and Michael heads to MGI. Otherwise, the game remains the same.

You have 24 hours to adapt to your new configuration. The next tribal immunity challenge will be posted at 10:00pm eastern Wednesday. Non-live.

RIBAL IMMUNITY CHALLENGE #7: WHAT IS ‘CAN I BUY A VOWEL?’

Alright. Let’s get to our first two-tribe challenge of the season. Co and Ky, I’ll take it back.

Only one tribal immunity is up for grabs for the remainder of the game. Win and you’re safe from the vote. Losers face the ever increasing odds of going home.

These are not two separate immunity challenges, but rather combining two SCWL 2 classic challenges together into one.

A little bit of Jeopardy! and a little bit of Wheel of Fortune. It’s like it will be that last hour before Survivor is on for the entire day in SCWL.

Here’s how it works:

– Each tribe will receive six categories. Each category is divided into five answers ranging from 200 – 1, 000 dollars. In typical Jepardy! style, you must answer in the form of a question.

– One tribe member will private message me ‘questions’ for one of the six categories. Therefore, six of you will be sending you ‘questions’ for the Jeopardy! ones. For each one you score correctly, you score the corresponding amount of money. Get it wrong, and you lose the corresponding amount of money. Therefore, you may want to ignore producing a ‘question’ or two entirely.

– The two players who do not participate in Jeopardy! will instead play in the Wheel of Fortune puzzle portion. Each puzzle will provide you with a category and the letters R, S, T, L, N, but no E. You can wager up to 1, 000 dollars on each of the four puzzles.

– Each member playing in Wheel of Fortune will be responsible for two Wheel of Fortune puzzle answers.

– The tribe that scores the highest amount of money wins immunity, and is safe from the vote. They also receive the next clue for their tribal idol. Losers will visit me at Tribal Council along with Michael to vote out the seventh person from All Stars.

COLBY: Second place used to keep you safe. Now, second place sends you home!

Uh, thanks Colby.

– Yes, you can only provide one guess for each answer for Jeopardy! and Wheel of Fortune puzzle.

– PENALTY IDOL PENALTY: Want a shot at receiving the mission? Private message me, but your tribe’s score will drop by 1, 500.

– TIEBREAKER #1: Guess the amount of total cash both tribes will earn.  Closest without going over wins.

– TIEBREAKER #2: Guess the amount of total cash both tribes and the three people on MGI will earn. Closest without going over wins.

– TIEBREAKER #3: Pick five numbers. Lowest non-duplicated number wins.

– You must privately message me your answer for the corresponding category/puzzles you are doing.

– For the tiebreakers, I will create a thread for you to post your answers.

– This challenge is due at 7:00am eastern Friday.

Good luck.

BILLIE JEAN WAS NOT HIS LOVER
–LL– —N –S N-T –S L—R

CATEGORY: MUSIC

NEW BABY BUGGY
N– —- —–

CATEGORY: CURRENT EVENTS

AUSTIN BLACK WAS THE YOUNGEST PLAYER OF THE EIGHTH SEASON OF THE AMAZING RACE FRANCHISE
–ST-N -L— –S T– —N–ST -L—R — T– —-T- S–S-N — T– —–N- R— -R-N—S-

CATEGORY: REALITY TELEVISION

WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR DEFEATED SOME GUY NAMED HAROLD AT THE BATTLE OF HASTINGS
–LL— T– –N—R-R —–T– S— — N—- –R-L- -T T– –TTL- — –ST-N-S

CATEGORY: HISTORY

CATEGORIES:

STEROIDS
CANUCKS
HIP HOP
SCWL
REALITY TELEVISION
ONLINE SURVIVOR

olsurvivor.webs.com

STEROIDS

$200

This annoying YouTube celebrity is known for making people lose weight, get ripped, drink a mysterious red drink, and may or may not insert needles in their butt.

$400

This “Superstar” pro wrestler with a bald head and an ugly mustache from the 70s and 80s admitted to steroid use, but in the 90s went on a campaign against McMahon and began lecturing on the dangers of using steroids

$600

After getting juiced on the diamond, he ran away from The Donald with his shrunken testicles tucked between his legs

$800

In Mixed Martial Arts, this recent phenomena was once a legal substitute for steroids in older athletes but now has become prohibited in the sport

$1, 000

These cells greatly increase when responding to steroids.

CANUCKS

$200

He wrote a novel about a group of adults with mild autism who work at a video game company in Vancouver. Jeff Probst is a turtle? The invention of a Hugging Machine and a mother who murders a biker? Wow!

$400

This Father Canucker took over the Scary Movie franchise after the Wayans Brothers left

$600

In Big Brother Canada, these three phrases were printed on three T-shirts for ‘nasty’ houseguests to wear in the last episode

$800

He was the first Survivor with a documented Canadian connection of living in Canada for several years. And no, he did not deal with beaver poop in lakes. Straight out of the lakes.

$1, 000

He laid down the groundwork for a really long road of Hope as he ran across Canada on one leg. I bet it helped him score plenty of ‘Fox’y ladies in the process!

HIP HOP

$200

With Every Little Step he takes, he seems to drift away from sugar smacks and candy girls to something that deals him harder blows than diabetes ever could.

$400

Oh, the insanity! He is an outdated British artist who challenged the rules of gravity. And get rid of that STUPID top hat!

$600

This music video features a game show that includes getting the contestant to answer “Things Ike Turner Would Say”

$800

This famous guy who is definitely not known for hip hop is shown saying “Can you dig it?!” in a 2Pac music video

$1, 000

He is really Da Ruler, I guess. This hip hop artist may or may not have something in common with a character from Donkey Kong Country in terms of physical appearance.

SCWL

$200

She was the first tribal captain to be voted out in SCWL history.

$400

He was the only tribal captain to win SCWL

$600

He is credited for being the first person to be immune due to correctly playing a hidden immunity idol

$800

He was the first player to mutiny in SCWL history

$1, 000

In SCWL 5, a tribal immunity challenge was directly copied from this season of a popular reality show.

REALITY TELEVISION

$200

He was the alternate candidate to host Survivor, but was rejected in favour of Jeff Probst.

$400

The immunity challenge that appeared in last night’s episode of Survivor originally appeared in this Survivor season.

$600

This person was the first player to be voted out of Survivor twice.

$800

She was “murdered” on one reality show and then “fired” on another.

$1, 000

This reality show featured an echo throughout the program with the words “where are you” being repeated.

ONLINE SURVIVOR

$200

This screen name is currently the OLS record title holder.

$400

This season featured a challenge based off of Mario Party.

$600

On July 16, 2003, this was the actual day number of the game.

$800

In the episodes, this was the last screen name to play season where their total attendance was zero percent.

$1, 000

They won the fifth immunity challenge of Online Survivor 10.

–LL– —N –S N-T –S L—R

CATEGORY: MUSIC

N– —- —–

CATEGORY: CURRENT EVENTS

–ST-N -L— –S T– —N–ST -L—R — T– —-T- S–S-N — T– —–N- R— -R-N—S-

CATEGORY: REALITY TELEVISION

–LL— T– –N—R-R —–T– S— — N—- –R-L- -T T– –TTL- — –ST-N-S

CATEGORY: HISTORY

CATEGORIES:

HISTORY
SCIENCES
ARTS
SCWL
REALITY TELEVISION
ONLINE SURVIVOR

————-

EAMON

Steroids
200 –Who is Nav-Vii?
*400 – Who is Steve Austin?
600 – ?
800 – What is TRT (Testosterone Replacement Therapy)?
1000 – What are red blood cells?

1, 600

Canucks
200 – Who is Douglas Coupland?
400 –?
600 – ?
800 – Who is Todd Herzog?*
1000 – Who is Terry Fox?

2, 000

Hip Hop
200 – Who is Bobby Brown?
400 –?
600 – ?
800 – Who is George Clinton?
1000 – Who is Ja Rule?

400

SCWL
200 – Who is Jennifer Giampersa?
400 – Who is Clayton Spivey?
600 –
800 – Who is Ryan Lisman?
1000 – What is Big Brother US Season 4?

2, 000

Reality Television
200 – Who is Phil Koeghan?
400 – What is Survivor: Marquesas?
600 – Who is Burton Roberts?
800 – ?
1000 – ?

3, 200

Online Survivor
200 – Who is iamalwaysthemole?
400 – What is OLS Season 2 Barramundi?
600 – What is day 24?
800 – ?
1000 – ?

3, 200

KY

AARON

REALITY TV

$200 Who is Phil Keoghan?
$400  What is Survivor Marquesas?
$600 Who is Burton Roberts?
$800 Who is Kristen Kirchner?
$1, 000 What is Lost?

3, 000

LISTER

STEROIDS
$200
This annoying YouTube celebrity is known for making people lose weight, get ripped, drink a mysterious red drink, and may or may not insert needles in their butt.
Who is Mike Chang?
$400
This “Superstar” pro wrestler with a bald head and an ugly mustache from the 70s and 80s admitted to steroid use, but in the 90s went on a campaign against McMahon and began lecturing on the dangers of using steroids
Who is Superstar Billy Graham?
$600
After getting juiced on the diamond, he ran away from The Donald with his shrunken testicles tucked between his legs
Who is Jose Canseco?
$800
In Mixed Martial Arts, this recent phenomena was once a legal substitute for steroids in older athletes but now has become prohibited in the sport
What is testosterone replacement therapy?
$1, 000
These cells greatly increase when responding to steroids.
What are red blood cells?

3, 000

BRIAN

SCWL

SCWL category
$200 Who is Natasha?
$400 Who is Clayton Spivey?
$600 Who is Brett?
$800 Who is Ryan Lisman?
$1000 What is Big Brother 4?

3, 000

LEIF

CANUCKS

$200
He wrote a novel about a group of adults with mild autism who work at a video game company in Vancouver. Jeff Probst is a turtle? The invention of a Hugging Machine and a mother who murders a biker? Wow!
Who is Douglas Coupland?
$400
This Father Canucker took over the Scary Movie franchise after the Wayans Brothers left
Who is Leslie Nielsen?
$600
In Big Brother Canada, these three phrases were printed on three T-shirts for ‘nasty’ houseguests to wear in the last episode
What are “I expose myself inappropriately”, “I pick my nose”, and “I touch myself in my bathing suit area”?
$800
He was the first Survivor with a documented Canadian connection of living in Canada for several years. And no, he did not deal with beaver poop in lakes. Straight out of the lakes.
Who is Kel Gleason?
$1,000
He laid down the groundwork for a really long road of Hope as he ran across Canada on one leg. I bet it helped him score plenty of ‘Fox’y ladies in the process!
Who is Terry Fox?

3, 000

CHRISTIAN

HIP HOP

$200
Who is Bobby Brown?
$400
Who is Jay Kay
$600
What is Dr. Dre’s  “Let Me Ride”?
$800
Who is George Clinton?
$1, 000
Who is Slick Rick?

1, 400

WHEEL OF FORTUNE

RENEE

William the conqueror defeated some guy named Harold at the battle of Hastings

1, 000

CAMERON

REALITY TELEVISION
For $1000
Austin Black was the youngest player on the eighth season of the Amazing Race franchise

MUSIC
For $1000
Billie Jean Was Not His Lover

$0

$14, 400

CO

NAOMI

SCWL for $200 – Who is Jennifer Giampersa?
SCWL for $400 – It can either be Clayton Spivey or Rob Brodeur. (If I must choose one ill choose clayton)
SCWL for $600 – Who is Brett from SCWL prequel?
SCWL for $800 – Who is Ryan Lisman?
SCWL for $1000 – What is Big Brother US Season 4?

2, 600

EFE

Steroids
200 –Who is Nav-Vii?
*400 – Who is Steve Austin?
600 – ?
800 – What is TRT (Testosterone Replacement Therapy)?
1000 – What are red blood cells?

1, 200

JEREMY

Reality Television
200 – Who is Phil Koeghan?
400 – What is Survivor: Marquesas?
600 – Who is Burton Roberts?

1, 200

LYNDSAY

CANUCKS

Canucks 200 – Who is Douglas Coupland? 400 –? 600 – ? 800 – Who is kel gleason?* 1000 – Who is Terry Fox?

2, 000

SERGIU

HIP HOP

200 – Who is Bobby Brown?
400 –?
600 – ?
800 – Who is George Clinton?
1000 – Who is Ja Rule?

– 1, 600

HEERAL

WHEEL OF FORTUNE

Music Puzzle Wager 1,000
Billie Jean Was Not His Lover
Current events puzzle Wager 1,000
New Baby Buggy

2, 000

7, 400

7.74 Round 7 Tribal Council

TRIBAL COUNCIL #7

(EFE)-(FIONA)-(HEERAL)-(JEREMY)-(LYNDSAY)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(*NAOMI*)-(*SERGIU*)
XXX
(GLORIA)-(EAMON)-(MORAY)-(SHERI)-(JESSICA)-(KJ)-(JASON)-(DAVE)

Phantasy Star 3 Remix

You must answer your TC questions in order for your vote to count.

A lot of ground to cover with you guys. For some of you this is only your second trip to TC this game.

EFE,

1. Three people switched over to this tribe during the mutiny. Marcelo, Michael, and Leif. They were all from Ow. Fiona is the only one who did not voluntarily join or mutiny to this tribe. Was she at a disadvantage last round?

2. And has that now changed because Michael was the only player not to be picked by either tribe in the Pick Em.

3. How confusing is the dynamic on this tribe right now? 3 Co, 3 drafted, and 3 Ow must make it very difficult who the core alliance would be.

FIONA,

1. Last round you dodged an enormous bullet. That may even be an understatement. When you come to Co, a tribe that was on a two challenge winning streak, and suddenly they lose as you join them. . .does that make you feel cursed? Because you are now tied for a franchise record of going 0-7 in challenges.

2. The three Ow members on this tribe also happened to be the only three who did not submit anything for this challenge. What happened there? Because you guys would seem to have the biggest pressure of anybody to perform well in a challenge.

3. How well do you think you are getting along with what is now your third tribe of the season?

HEERAL,

1. Let’s talk about the first ever tribe switch in SCWL history. It took eight seasons, and very little appeared to be switched up. The only difference on paper is that Leif switched to Ky. But does the fact that both tribes stuck to their original members speak to the unity of this tribe?

2. But when it comes to tribal unity, you guys have seemed all over the place these two rounds. Last round you needed someone to participate in the word scramble, and you guys couldn’t come to a decision until Lyndsay volunteered as tribute at the last second. This round, you were the first person to submit answers for the challenge, and that was around 4:30am eastern. Why is that happening?

3. Naomi won the live challenge to be Co’s captain. Has she taken away the captain’s position from you, or do you feel like you are still the leader of this tribe? Or has this tribe ever needed a leader?

JEREMY,

1. In past seasons, holding a majority heading into the merge has almost always been critical. In all six games, the tribe with majority has one of their players win the game each time. Is it different with All Stars because of the complicated cross-tribal bonds that may or may not be present in this game?

2. In the previous round, you disappeared for a couple of days on a camping trip. Do you feel that absence may have put you behind in terms of the bonding at camp?

3. I didn’t notice this until now, but the majority of your players are outside of North and South America. On Ky, only two out of eight players are outside of the Americas. In games past, it has never really impacted which tribe has done well strictly based on time zones. But do you think this has been a factor for you guys?

LYNDSAY,

1. Last round you took a huge risk to play in a challenge, and it paid off. This is a huge change from last season where you virtually tied the record for sitting out of the most challenges. Do you find yourself playing a riskier game here in All Stars? If so, what has sparked that change?

2. All nine of you have been very active this season, but somehow two people did not submit answers. Others waited until five minutes before the deadline. Is communication the biggest problem for this tribe?

3. In SCWL 6, you only visited TC once in the first six rounds, and that was in round three. Your next visit was not until the merge in round seven. A very different format here in SCWL 7, yet you manage to repeat that trend. What in the world is that about?

MARCELO,

1. Whenever an event or challenge occurs in this game, your name always comes up. In SCWL 2, your reputation was just being the “IDK” guy. What has changed to put you in the spotlight in a large group of people?

2. In the previous round, you mutinied to Co along with Michael and Leif. What was the reason for that decision?

3. And I have to ask you what I pretty much asked Fiona–how come you were unable to submit?

MICHAEL,

1. You appear to be the odd man out here tonight. It was only 2 1/2 days ago that neither tribe picked you, and sent you to MGI. What was the message you received from Co after you mutinied there only one round earlier?

2. Now you sit here without immunity. Is your goal to find cracks or do you feel that you established your position on Co when you mutinied?

3. It seemed like beating two people who are already out of this game in an immunity challenge could have been an easy job to complete. As a result, Sergiu is immune instead of you. What happened?

NAOMI,

1. You won the talisman and decided to send Ky to TC after the maze challenge, and then you won the live challenge. In addition, you’ve still got the Mutiny Trigger. Have you been on a bit of a roll lately?

2. And I believe this is the first time you have been immune in SCWL history. What’s your position tonight as you hold immunity for the first time in seventeen rounds of SCWL?

3. When you won the captain’s role at the live challenge, you were under no obligation to pick a Co member. You could have easily chosen somebody from Ky. Was there a temptation to truly shake things up in this game?

SERGIU,

1. You have immunity, but it came at the price of Cameron bringing you into a fight. Do you think anyone is worried about your relationship with somebody who has voted out of this game nearly a month ago?

2. And it’s not like you have had to battle to receive the talisman both times. Eamon has won every duel/truel by default as he has yet to face a player voted out who has ever bothered to participate. Is it as big of a non-issue as it sounds?

3. Is there as much uncertainty heading into tonight’s vote as it appears on paper?

Okay. When you vote, please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)
CONFESSIONAL: “He is about to get his torch snuffed.” Uh, What is Logan, Alex?

Alright. You cannot vote for Naomi or Sergiu. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 4:00pm eastern Saturday, it is time to vote. Co tribe, you’re up.

VOTING

Phantasy Star 2 Exclaim Music

EFE,

Vote: Fiona
My former Ac member, I am sorry for this vote. I know you are busy with your life these days, wish you the best for you and for your kids

FIONA,

Vote: Heeral
Reason: don’t like her

HEERAL,

Vote: (Marcelo)
Reason: I’m scared you have an idol and we need to flush it

JEREMY,

Vote: Fiona
Reason: Nothing personal, just business.

LYNDSAY,

I vote to eliminate Marcelo

MARCELO,

Vote: heeral

MICHAEL,

VOTE: HEERAL REASON: I gotta stay alive

NAOMI,

voting Marcelo please

SERGIU,

NO VOTE

VOTE REVEAL

Phantasy Star 3 Battle Music

If anybody has played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
.
.
I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Fiona)
.
.
One vote Fiona.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(HEERAL)
.
.
.
Tied. One vote Fiona, one vote Heeral.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
(Marcelo)
.
.
Tied. One vote each for Fiona, Heeral, and Marcelo.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(heeral)
.
.
.
Two votes Heeral, one vote Fiona, one vote Marcelo.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(Fiona)
.
.
.
Tied. Two votes Heeral, two votes Fiona, and one vote Marcelo.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(Marcelo)
.
.
.
Three-way tie again. Two votes Heeral, two votes Fiona, and two votes Marcelo. Three votes left.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(HEERAL)
.
.
.
Three votes Heeral, two votes Fiona, two votes Marcelo.
.
.
.
.
EIGHTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(NO VOTE)
.
.
Someone with immunity failed to vote. Three votes Heeral, two votes Fiona, two votes Marcelo, one vote left.
.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Marcelo)
.
.
For the first time ever, we have a pre-merge tie vote in a tribe with an odd number of people.
.
.
Here’s what will happen: Heeral and Marcelo will not vote. The other seven of you will vote between Heeral or Marcelo. You have until 4:00pm eastern Sunday to re-vote. Somebody will go home in this re-vote.

Time to vote again. Co tribe, you’re up.

VOTING

Phantasy Star 2 Bracky News
EFE,

Vote: Heeral
This is a second chance given to me and last 24 hours give me enough time to think once again. Good bye

FIONA,

Vote: Heeral Reason: I like taking down the big guns

JEREMY,

Vote: Marcelo

LYNDSAY,

I vote to eliminate heeral

MICHAEL,

VOTE: heeral

NAOMI,

Voting marcelo again

SERGIU,

Vote:Marcelo
Reason: mainly so that heeral doesn’t go but also payback for screwing eamon

VOTE REVEAL

Phantasy Star 3 Battle Music

Once again, when the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
.
.
.
I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Heeral)
.
.
One vote Heeral.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(heeral)
.
.
Two votes Heeral.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
(Marcelo)
.
.
Two votes Heeral, one vote Marcelo.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(marcelo)
.
.
Tied. Two votes Heeral, two votes Marcelo.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Marcelo)
.
.
.
Three votes Marcelo, two votes Heeral, two votes left.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(heeral)
.
.
.
Tied. Three votes Marcelo, three votes Heeral, one vote left.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Seventh person voted out of SCWL 7: All Stars. . .
.
.
.
.
.
(Heeral)
.
Heeral, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

ME: For the second round in a row, we have an unprecedented Tribal Council. A tie vote with more than four players at a TC pre-merge, and it could not have been any closer nor crazier. Despite being new members, Fiona and Marcelo both survive the vote. With your captain gone, that should make for a whole new game on this tribe. The question will be if you can recover from the loss of your long established leader. You guys can head out and wait for the next immunity challenge.

7.75 Round 7 Blog

FIONA ALL ALONE ON OW

In season one, she was part of Cooror which conquered Supa 10-1. Here she is the victim of a 9-7-1 conquer. Ouch. Fiona truly has hit rock bottom in this game.

OPENING DAY ACT 2

This is something I always wanted to do for All Stars. I wanted to have a live reward/tribal shakeup challenge every 1/3 of the game. I had about twenty different ideas about what twist would occur each time, but decided not to do anything too crazy.

THE FIRST EVER TRIBE SWITCH

If you noticed in the Rules document for this season, I removed the part where there would never be any tribe switches. I may have an ORG record for going the most seasons without a tribe switch–eight games.

And it was the most underwhelming switch ever. A minimum of one player would go from Co to Ky (Leif), and one player must go to MGI (Michael). That was it. The only other change was Fiona being absorbed by Co.

Considering this took place on April Fool’s Day, the players really fooled me into making this twist seem unnecessary.

THE STRUCTURE FOR GOING DOWN TO TWO TRIBES?

Yes, this round we were supposed to be going down to two tribes regardless if Ow had more than one player or not.

If Moray and Sheri were not ejected, we would have had two more Tribal Councils in the three tribe structure. The second Opening Day was supposed to take place after eight players had been voted out (hence it being at the start of the first 33% of the game, the second Opening Day being at the start of the second 33% of the game, and final Opening Day flashback being at the last 33% of the game).

I also wanted to go down to two tribes with seventeen players because I knew all three tribes would be fairly low on numbers if TC visits had been spread out.

WHY NIGHTMARE CRYPTOGRAMS?

Yeah, April 1st is almost as far away from Halloween as you can possibly be. I recall researching the history of Nightmare a lot at the time, and thought it would be fun to insert two cryptograms with Nightmare phrases.

I only played it because I have older siblings who were born in the 80s. If you don’t have older siblings, chances are only people over the age of 30 have played these games.

If one of them had a mustache, they would probably be inserted into the next Guess That Mustache challenge.

Sadly skeletons have a tough time with facial hair.

RUDEZ AND NAOMI ARE CAPTAINS. . .AGAIN

Well, if you questioned who two of the strongest challengers were, I think Rudez and Naomi becoming captains again certainly confirmed their threat status in this game. Will that help them or hurt them? IDK.

SCWL 2 GAMESHOW COMBO!

These two challenges were fun in SCWL 2, and they haven’t really been played since then. It was neat to see it come back, and watch two tribes face two unique outcomes with this challenge. Why challenges appear to be legit face-offs now is because. . .

ROGUE IDOL MISSION INTEREST GONE?

Nobody appears to be interested in the rogue idol penalty anymore. Only those with the existing mission in hand will be in pursuit of the rogue idol.

I thought with All Stars that the penalty mission request would be abused, but most players this season do not want to take any chances with heading to Tribal Council. Perhaps it is the wise thing to do.

KY KEEPS UP THEIR WINNING WAYS

Surprisingly, they keep up with winning six immunity challenges in seven rounds. Can they be stopped? Even with Rudez’s complaints in her confessional that many players were unavailable to participate, they still dominated this challenge.

MICHAEL WINS THE MGI DUEL AND HEADS TO CO IMMUNE

Finally, something that goes Michael’s way. Even with getting KJ out a couple rounds ago, Michael has never been comfortable in this game. I can imagine him being simultaneously relieved and disappointed that he made the mutiny before Dave did.

And I bet re-joining a tribe with Marcelo is definitely helping with preserving his sanity in this game.

I am curious if Michael would have been a huge target without wearing the necklace. He has not been as active as others, and has been stuck several awkward situations outside of the existing Co dynamic.

LEIF’S SWITCH: VULNERABLE OR VALUABLE?

Ky has Renee as their inactive player, but Cameron as their threat when it comes to trust. This has been established for several rounds.

So what the heck do you do if you are Leif? Either lay very low to stay out of their way or maybe try and work on bonds you have had in the past (Lister and Brian from the Apus tribe in SCWL 2, for instance).

And yes Leif, you finally have received your airtime. We’re getting down to a manageable number where everyone can be included.

CHRISTIAN CHALLENGE BEASTING WITH A FAKE IDOL BUT FEW CONFESSIONALS?

C’mon Christian. I know you are playing a wild game behind the scenes. I know it is not just strictly “challenge beast it with Rudez, Cameron, and Brian” every round. And do you really think that idol is real?

CO GOES TO TRIBAL COUNCIL BUT WITH AN INVISIBLE MEMBER IN TOW

Yes, the Cameron Factor once again at Tribal Council. He wants Jeremy and Heeral out. Cameron’s focus appears to be on ousting Heeral, and deciding who aligns on the tribe. Specifically, looking to lock in a SCWL 6 post-merge alliance.

But how much can Cameron influence things after seven rounds with tribe members who he has not attended a TC with for five rounds? But look at what has gone down.

He used some of these players to eliminate his Su members at the start of the game, gave Fiona an idol to play for herself to eliminate Dave, and Lyndsay and Efe who he spent a ton of time with in SCWL 6.

SERGIU: IMMUNE AND DRUNK

There may be a party in the USA, but there was an even better one in Romania. Man Sergiu, what were you typing? It counts as a ‘no vote’ thanks to Eamon saving you yet again.

3-3-2-0 VOTE

Yes, our first tie vote with more than four players at a pre-merge TC in SCWL history. It could have been our first three-way tie if Sergiu was sober enough to vote.

Fiona barely survives her seventh challenge loss in a row as a familiar pair face elimination: Heeral and Marcelo. All signs point to Marcelo the New Outsider and Untrustworthy Ow Foe to be going home.

After all, Jeremy has changed his mind. He wants Marcelo out. And Sergiu wants revenge for Gloria’s and Eamon’s eliminations.

Seven votes will be cast in the re-vote between these two players. Who will go?
.
.
.
.
MARCELO SAVED

I began to wonder how many lives Marcelo has in this game. His paranoia, terrible leadership as captain, wasted items, betrayals, and sabotage in challenges has yet to get himself kicked out. Usually players would be voted out for this behaviour by their tribemates four or five rounds earlier at best. Other times they would be first out period.

But Marcelo may be right at this point. “I AM this season”.
HEERAL OVERTHROWN

SCWL 4: Heeral finishes 8th, Jessica finishes 3rd.
SCWL 7: Jessica finishes 21st, Heeral finishes 17th.

And both involved a power struggle between the two sides.

She did her best to survive six votes at her previous trip to TC where her Co mates protected her, but here former Ow and SCWL 6 took her out. In other words. . .

I’m sad to see another huge player go down. But that goes without saying that this is All Stars.  The only weak voteout thus far was Jason’s 8-0 elimination. Gloria, Eamon, Jessica, KJ, and Dave going before her shows that this is a crazy lineup to go in a row.

CAMERON GETS HIS WAY

That’s right. Cameron wanted Heeral gone, and that’s what occurred. We’ve never seen this before in SCWL where one player dictates numerous TCs in a row.

But we’re seeing a trend evolving. Players have put up with Cam telling them what to do every vote. It may be in their best interest to do what Cam says, or use Cam as a shield for their vote reasonings, but with sixteen players now remaining, personal moves will begin to matter.

CAMERON NOT FOCUSED ENOUGH ON HIS TRIBE?

While intervening on the opposing tribe and controlling what they do, Cam may want to re-direct all of that energy to his own tribe. Mad Scientists are plotting Cam’s exit, and Cam may never see it coming.

I am curious how much of targeting Cam has to do with him talking to the opposing tribe too much. I have voted out players for doing that in the past.

Everything that Cameron has done will be judged by his peers at the next TC. Will they advance with him to the merge or will they dump him out of fear?

This could be a huge turning point of the season.

WILL KY’S STREAK CONTINUE OR CAN CO REBOUND?

Well, with a double elimination on the horizon where a tribe could win both tribal immunities, anything could happen.

7.76 Round 7 Boot List Prediction

16: JEREMY
15: CAMERON
14: MARCELO
13: NAOMI
12: CHRISTIAN
11: RENEE
10: SERGIU
09: AARON
08: LEIF
07: MICHAEL
06: FIONA
05: EFE
04: LISTER
03: BRIAN
02: LYNDSAY
01: RUDEZ

7.77 Next Time on SCWL. . .

– A twist from SCWL 0 is revived, as tribes are shocked to learn that two tribal immunities will be handed out. Will each tribe win one apiece and vote one person out, or will one tribe sweep and force the opposing tribe to drop two players?
– One of the greatest challenges in SCWL history returns, which also triggers the rematch of one of the greatest challenge showdowns in SCWL history.
– A misunderstanding regarding the challenge pits Cameron and Sergiu against each other once again.
– After a vote that was split between three players, can Co come together to preserve its 5-3 advantage over Ow members, or will Ow use the chaos to turn the tables?
– In a tribe that has had a 8-0 unanimous vote and six challenge wins, Leif is the lone man on the totem pole with seven other Ky members. . .but Cameron is in more danger than ever.
– And for the first time this season, something interesting happens on MGI other than “Eamon wins by default to keep Sergiu safe”. How will the duel work between Dave, Heeral, and Eamon?
– The stakes are huge as the only double Tribal Council of the season occurs as two All-Stars will be out by the end of the episode. Will your favourites survive?

7.80 Round 8 Summary

“Double Trouble”

SU—

Dissolved.

PA—

Dissolved.

CO—(2 tribal idol clues)

2. JEREMY BELL

3. LYNDSAY SHERRY

Drafted from SU 3rd: SERGIU ZABLAU

Drafted from Pa 2nd: NAOMI SOWARD (Mutiny Trigger)

Drafted from Ac 2nd: EFE KARANISOGLU

Mutinied from Ow: MARCELO CAMPOS (1 TC strike)

Mutinied from Ow, went to MGI, then re-joined Co: MICHAEL GRAGA

OW—

FIONA “SMITH”

AC—

Dissolved.

KY— (7 tribal idol clues)

1. RUDEZ MERKS

2. BRIAN WHITEHEAD

3. CHRISTIAN FUENTES

4. RENEE DQ HIGLEY

Drafted from Su 1st: CAMERON JOHNSON

Drafted from Pa 1st: LISTER POTTER III

Received from Ac by default: AARON FRAZEE

Mutinied from Ow then Picked by Ky: LEIF BORNALES

MGI—

24th Place Malaysian: EAMON JAWATIN (SCWL 2–11th place)

17th Place Hindu: Heeral Desai (SCWL 4–8th place)

OUT:

25th Place Goddess: GLORIA QUERY (SCWL 5–5th place)

23rd Place Scottish Fellow: MORAY JAMES (Ejected) (SCWL 5–11th place)

22nd Place Mama: SHERI MARTINEZ (Ejected) (SCWL 3–9th place)

20th Place Initially: KJ BOCK (SCWL 3–6th place)

21st Place Intern: JESSICA FREY (The Gambler + Medallion of Power) (SCWL 4–3rd place)

19th Place Student: JASON STEPHENS (SCWL 5–6th place)

18th Place Albertan: DAVE BRONSON (SCWL 2–3rd place)

Date: April 7th to April 11th

Twist: Opening Day Part II. Two tribe captains re-select tribes. 17th player goes to MGI and travels to TC with immunity.

Special Challenge III: Cryptogram. Two cryptograms are available. First person to solve the first cryptogram is captain numero uno. First person to solve the second cryptogram is captain numero two.

Results: Naomi and Rudez are the new captains.

Who Switched: Just Leif. Michael went to MGI, received immunity, and traveled with Co to TC.

Immunity Challenge VIII: Quoridor

KY: Rudez, Christian, Lister Aaron

vs.

CO: Efe, Jeremy, Lyndsay, Michael

Immunity Challenge IX: . . .Quoridor

KY: Brian, Cameron, Leif, Renee

vs.

CO: Fiona, Marcelo, Naomi, Sergiu

Results: Ky wins heat 1. Co wins heat 2.

Reward: Ky wins their sixth clue for the final idol.

Tribal Council: Co (TC 8) and Ky (TC 9)

Immune: Ky (TC 8) and Co (TC 9)

Uselessly Immune Due to MGI: Sergiu.

Not as Uselessly Immune Due to MGI: Naomi

Voted Out at TC 8: Fiona

Vote Count: 6-1

Voted Out at TC 9: Cameron

Vote Count: 5-2

7.81 Previously on SCWL. . .

– An April Fool’s Day signaled the first ever tribe switch in SCWL history.

– But Logan became the real fool as repeat captains Naomi and Rudez ensured as little change as possible occurred. Michael would win immunity on MGI, and Leif would switch to Ky.

– In a gameshow revival, Ky whooped Co. Michael would re-join his Ow mates Marcelo and Fiona as they entered TC in the minority.

– On Ky, the Mad Scientists put their plan together that would eliminate Cameron after he used his idol to save Fiona. The other players were brought in on the plan except Christian.

– But Cameron had other business to attend to as he pushed everybody to vote against Heeral at Tribal Council.

– On MGI, Eamon won another duel by default as he awarded Sergiu with safety. But Sergiu would miss the voting period due to a night out in Romania.

– Although Fiona received two votes, she was safe. But a 3-3 tie between Marcelo and Heeral triggered the dreaded re-vote. Efe flopped his vote in the re-vote, shocking Sergiu, Jeremy, and Naomi as Heeral was taken out.

– Sixteen remain; who will be voted out tonight?

7.82 Round 8 Confessionals

AARON,

NONE

BRIAN,

I wish I knew…I wish I was awake for the start…I guess Serg and Cam plotted the board differently so Cam was thinking he was moving blue and Serg was thinking Cam was moving yellow…but that doesn’t matter in the long run.  Oh, there will be a confessional once I decide how much blame to take for myself.

“I guess you didn’t know to PM me.” – Christian Fuentes
Round 8 Confessional:  So Herral is gone and I’m being encouraged to be nice to Efe and Lyndsay (Hello season 6 alliance with me somehow hanging on), but right now all I can think about is that infernal challenge.  So of course I knew right away what challenge it was, I dug up the rules, and even tried playing some online (poorly of course, as you will see.)  I was in bed by the time Co began, and I didn’t want to tell people to wait for me, so Cam and Serg began playing with advice from Christian…advice which seemed to consist of moving one pawn in a predictable pattern without using blockades.  Then Leif took a single move, setting up a jump for Serg, so when I woke up Ky was slightly behind.  I’ll admit I may have underestimated my friend that got me to solve a pretty easy idol puzzle in season 5 and still couldn’t figure out what to send…
So blockades went up all over the place, I messed up as Rudez watched and I lost.  ( I didn’t want to drag out the game by waiting for Sergiu to sleep, and I was my typical overconfident self)  I probably should have messaged Christian along the way and I would  have if I knew he was invested in the game, but I didn’t so I didn’t, and I’m not sure it would mattered but it might have!  Notice the 2 challenges KY has lost so far were when I tried to do everything by myself…now I’m consulting on game A, let’s see if my hot hand continues…At least one tribal coming up so I’m sure you’ll hear from me again…Cam is going first, then Christian…The UConn Huskies pulled off a great tournament run, going from a 7 seed to the national title!  If they can do it, why not me?  Mad Scientists to the end!

“Yeah.. I just know how much this means to him.. so it’s sucky..” – Rudez Merks
“So it begins” – Theoden (Lord of the Rings)
Tribal Council #9 Confessional:  Well the move I’ve been planning for ever since Jason went home is happening now I hope, but it’s really hard to see Cam go like this.  For Rudez it was much, much worse…I saw a draft of her voting confessional and it was painful for me to read.  I hope my own confessional didn’t come across too harsh.  But ultimately this is our best move…for me it’s a no-brainer actually…if that 5 got to the end I would probably go home, but in this Light Warriors 5 (Me, Rudez, Lister, Leif, Aaron), I get back to my week 0 group and put myself in the center of things.  For Rudez, the correctness of the move is a little more subtle but it’s there…get rid of the X-factor in Cam, and assuming she trusts me, I have more control over this group than she did in the Cam group, and control for one of us is control for both of us!
And it’s not like we are locked into this 5 in any sense.  I already had decent relations with Efe and now am on good terms with Lyndsey as well, and both of us are good with Sergiu and Marcelo.  (When Marcelo thought he was going he said to me “I hope you and Rudez win”.  He’s on to us!)  The interesting thing will be to note how Christian takes this vote, and whether he is still a possible ally…I better be nice to Lyndsey!  I hear that girl has the Co idol!  Good for her!  I get the sense we are winning right now, but neither of us have ever finished a game before so it’s a scary road ahead, as we remain, Mad Scientists to the end!

CAMERON,

We are just winning that much where you’re practically saying HERE TAKE THE IDOL
I almost forgot that Rudez and I had it.

Sigh Logan
you totally f—ed us up
I refuse to lose immunity because you didn’t specify a simple goddamn thing.

Well looks like I lost immunity because you didn’t specify a simple goddamm thing

I realize that should MGI go the way i fear and we lose both then I run the risk of going home because of this f—ing challenge and the screwed up coordinates.
We moved the blue piece but it registered as the yellow one because you didn’t specify what the coordinate grid was and went with Sergiu’s rule without the slightest bit of consultation or explanation.
That is something I am legitimately angry about. We got screwed by your technicality failure.

I should specify I’m not picking fights against you. I just really get pissed when s— out of my control happens esp. Via host.

Confessional time, methinks. Time for me to expand upon the blindside last round.

How do you take control on a tribe you do not own?
The original plan was conceived when Fiona and Dave were the last two remaining. I knew Dave Bronson was not a player I wanted to tangle with. He’s very good socially, amazing in challenges, and most importantly, was actively calling my bulls—. Fiona, on the other hand, was a nice lady, a hard worker, and since she was doomed to be heading home, would be loyal to me if I saved her.
This turned out to be true.
Thus, Fiona was claimed by CO, ready to be my soldier.
The tribal swap that wasn’t didn’t necessarily help matters on that end. One of the potential factors, Leif, was moved over here, and the Gragon was sent over to MGI. Therefore, I had a new objective: avoid a tie vote and win that challenge so that Graga would be over there, pissed (okay, moderately annoyed seeing how steady he is) and thirsty for blood (or having just a bit of a craving.)
Thankfully, CO was such a trainwreck that last challenge that it worked. It didn’t help matters that Marcelo and Fiona were left utterly out of the loop of that challenge that they didn’t care much for them either. At this point, it was up to my S6 allies to seal the deal.
Of course, no plan is truly that simple.
Efe and Lyn got minds of their own. This was not in my best interest for them to flip. They decided they were going to flip on Fiona. After awhile, I gave in, letting them do it, for one specific reason.
The vote was going on Marcelo.
There was a lot of people on CO emulating one of my new favorite characters but the last character anyone should emulate: Kassandra “Chaos” McQuillen. Efe name checked her in her discussions with me, saying he was flipping to be like her. That’s not a good thing. But Heeral respectfully let Marcelo know he was going home. That is a good thing.
I knew. And I wasn’t telling. Rather have Marcelo gone than Fiona.
But no decent player gets by with zero luck, especially not me, trying to spin some control on enemy territory from the passenger seat. Sergiu or Naomi didn’t show up to vote. Keeping true to the Chaos Ordinate mentality, the vote was 3 on Marcelo, 3 on Heeral, 2 on Fiona, and a no-vote. How terrific. How T-double-E, double-R, double-I, double-F, double-I, double See-See-See-See-See.
With this little goddamn miracle from all of the deities combined, I was able to politely work on Efe and Lyn. I tried to hide my frustration and see it from their point of view, and tell them Fiona was our fifth to swing us together come merge. Which could be true. Ya never know. Whatever I did, it worked, and Heeral left.
Of course, I have nothing against Heeral. I respect the hell out of her and adore her. She’s a lovely lady, she’s charismatic, she’s cordial even though we were confirmed as enemies, and she is insanely good at this game. That’s great for her, bad for me. Therefore, if I could save my group of pals and send the enemy queen home, hallelujah.
Now, I leave. We have an alliance of five with two on the fringe with three on the outs who are still smart enough to pull something together, especially with MGI cheering them on. I’d like for Heeral to be a pal and give Naomi some support; it means Eamon is out and no longer tarnishing my good name. I’d like for Jem to go next, because he’s a schemer. Over here on KY, the first chance we get, whether it be tonight or the next time, Lister is a goner in my books unless something goes drastically wrong. We just have to keep working til the merge and then take it over. Should it all go right, I have friends all over.
Of course, if Efe and Lyn flip I’m just as well off. I think we still swing them back, and they get rid of people I’d burn on the jury like Marcelo and Fifi. Most importantly, it would extend the reign of Chaos in the Chaos Ordinate, and that’s what I want. I want them to be so out of shape their wins are minimal. The more KY survives, the better.

I like how Heeral and Eamon were the two duelers. Kind of a cute twist. Well, as cute as the guy who murdered them both could say without coming off as creepy.

It’s a strange thing to say as the person doing most of the backstabbing, but then again, I really like these people. In S6 you had Lyn, Rudez, and even Dee, but too many people that didn’t care and even more who were just not cool people.
I think having that is the best part of this ORG.
/transition from conversation to confessional over

Could i collect a CO idol?
Trick question of course since Lyn has it.
But I wanna test a thing.

Essentially I’m glad Lyn and Efe are causing chaos in the camp but I plan on never working with them again for actively screwing me.
Just to say that.
Also whoops

I can’t say I’m mad at them for playing their own game although for someone who insists she’s with the S6 alliance all the way Lyn spitting in my eye for voting Fifi out after I pleaded with her not to is very perturbing.
It’s more frustration that my game could be screwed.
I keep planning like Tasha: expecting your allies and opponents to play smarter than they are capable of.

I have a feeling I’m gonna need to fake a vote for Lister.

I think that this has potential to be a close vote or even a blindside. There’s a large element of risk and reward to this vote. I am honest with my alliance (for the most part) in an attempt to distill trust but I do that knowing it can backfire
And if it does, So be it. It was fun and I would rather go out for my mistakes than for lack of value.

I’d much rather it be one person than my entire alliance. I think that’d be pretty hurtful.

I could use an idol. But it’s useless if I end up shooting myself in the foot. If only one person flips then at least if I stick to the plan I’ll be all right. I can handle a tie.

Ah well. You know how they say you can’t win em all? I can’t win AT all. 😄

Again, though, it’s totally different. I enjoyed myself. I know I gave you s— but I loved this game. I love not being angry.
I love how I can talk it over with Rudez and be over it.
You have an exciting season on your hands, Logan.

CHRISTIAN,

NONE

EFE,

confession: This is little bit late but I have to write about it. Last tribal was crazy and Serg forgot to vote. Me and Lynds didn’t think he forgot that because he was talking with us about the vote just before deadline. I think that he might tried to change the vote from Fiona to Marcelo but It borne to an unpredictable result–>Heeral! Actually we were not thinking voting her but when tie happened and we get to vote again why not take out a big player? Marcelo fiona and Micheal are underdogs and they have nowhere to go and If we go with them they will be very loyal to us and also voting heeral meant serg and jer becoming more depended on us. I really like these guys btw but we had to keep this one secret because they won’t vote Heeral. The funny thing here is Lynsday and I flipped again,  Flipping with her is fun  I don’t think we would do this move alone, what happens is when we come together we encourage us and form some sort of chaotic duo   This time I really think we made the right move and now we have the control of the tribe. We need to win challenges from now on.

FIONA,

NONE

JEREMY,

Confessional time. It’s been a productive round for me. I’ve found CO’s idol, I received the penalty idol mission and most importantly I again feel secure on my tribe.
The challenge was fun and if Efe had not made a big mistake just minutes before I woke up we may not have had to go to tribal council at all. A downside of having a global tribe. Getting the third clue for the CO idol ignited an idol hunt frenzy. In our 4-way chat we shared idol clues but due to my trepidation i only felt comfortable after Efe posted his. And that trepidation was correct as after Naomi shared her clue with me it was obvious that Efe had not copy pasted his clue and had instead replaced a letter with another one. Nice try Efe. I think Sergiu talked to Lyndsay about it and Efe changed his mistake. Between our connections we were able to have just 2 missing letters, Michaels. On first glance given Michaels record of hardly being around, trial and error seemed like a good course of action. However due to capital letters there are over 2700 different possible solutions.  When Michael finally got on I talked to him for the first time. About general things, the vote and just as I began to tell him not to share his idol clue (i figured i gain more trust if i wasn’t just using him) I got a private message from Sergiu with the final 2 letters and a few seconds later Lynds posted in the group chat. Way to give it out to just anyone Michael  Anyway I had Rob C on youtube in the background so i just had to paste the code and was greeted by a nice face. Ignoring the nice face I saw that the description contained the necessary message.
Despite Efe and Lynsday’s continual reassurances that they were still with us (4 person alliance with myself and Sergiu) after voting out Heeral I was still skeptical of their intentions. They were also resistant to voting out Fiona over Michael. I think that resistance helped convince me that they were genuine. So the three of them and Naomi know that I have the idol. For the alliance though, I really do not want to share the code due to what happens when you give people too much power but I also don’t want to have all the power myself. So my solution is going to be to take a screenshot of the “congratulations you have found the idol” message and send them each a copy with just one third of the clue not blacked out. That way they will collectively have the idol code but the idol can only be used if they either come together or if i play it myself.
The reason Sergiu and I pushed so hard for Fiona was due to concerns over her loyalty to Co especially after she had been directly saved by Cam and his idol.    So unfortunately for her she is gone but the future is looking bright for my game.

LEIF,

so im supposed to help sergiu and the co tribe in winning the next immunity challenge and in return i get to be immune by the mgi people. hmm decisions decisions.

well i am kind of against this since i dont want to go to tc anytime soon but on the other hand it would be my opportunity to get the idol hmmm

so i feel like i have finally decided which group i would go with, i mean its a no brainer. why would i not align with my day zero and season 2 people
and anyway cam or that other group has not really approached me for anything plus it will just put me in minority and i do not want that

so its official were calling our tribe the Light Warriors
i mean alliance

hmmm so the only person ive told about going for the penalty was Lister so that means he might have told Rudez. which means ive been compromised. which sucks. or Rudez is just too astute and tried to back me up in a corner. nevertheless i wont admit to it

im kind of surprised with Co’s tribal result. how the heck did fiona go home? did she self vote? did she got ousted because Co wanted to stick together? its so confusing

id be disappointed if the rumors started with Lister. it may be he was pissed and deduced i rogue voted when eamon went out
im not sure if telling him the truth about that will make him trust me more. or he prolly figured that out already but still, i would have expected him not to reveal any info about the rogue voting

***AFTER THE VOTE***

well that was interesting that the vote went to me but i guess not surprised lol. glad i survived this round the funny thing is i could really have done a rogue vote this round

i probably overreacted about the rumor and its possible cam did spread it but considering he found out how the penalty idol works makes me realize he may have gotten to it or told the others how to get it

LISTER,

CONFESSIONAL:
Unless I’m being lied to, a big move is about to happen this round and I LOVE it!
Initially when I saw the twist for the Quoridor challenge I was displeased and became fearful for my safety in the game. Then I realized this finally gives me the change to take out Cameron and that left my only fear being if we were to lose both parts of the challenge.
So while Team Cam lost their match in Quoridor, Team Christian took the championship title and ensured that we would only be losing one person this round. My alliance, newly christened as “The Light Warriors” are poised to vote out Cameron. There’s Brian the Black Mage, Rudez the Warrior, Aaron the Thief and me the Red Mage. Then we have Leif who is supporting us as the White Mage.  No Blackbelt yet. Perhaps we’ll find them come the merge.
Cameron is reportedly acting all paranoid this round and is telling Aaron to vote for me while he is really going to vote for Leif. I’m actually really surprised that Cameron supposedly isn’t leading the charge against me. I know Christian previously said in the game that he wanted me to stay so maybe he had some influence. That, or Cameron doesn’t see me as as much of a danger since Heeral is gone. Here’s a free tip to all of you reading this blog: I don’t need my friends in a game in order for me to be dangerous. Game first, friendships second.
It didn’t take much convincing at all to get my alliance to vote Cameron. And by that I meant nobody needed convincing. Maaybe Leif, but I think he would have done anyone we said so long as it wasn’t him.  Now sometimes people being so easy to vote for someone is a red flag that things aren’t as they seem. However I had Brian and Rudez both talking to me about voting out Cameron and how off he was being in the game before the alliance was ever actually formed and considering that fact I think it means that the alliance is true and Cameron is going. I could see Rudez possibly lying to me to keep Cameron who has been stronger than me in the challenges up to this point, but I don’t think Brian will. Brian was one of the people who I was most looking forward to working with in this game and while he may or may not have felt the same way about me going into it I do feel that we are working closely together and that he isn’t going to screw me. At least not until the merge.
I feel like I should explain the little names I gave to everyone in the alliance.
Brian the Black Mage – The Black Mage in Final Fantasy I is the master of dark magics and thus has a high intelligence stat. Brian is a math professor and is great at the strategic game.
Rudez the Warrior – Just about everyone included the Warrior in their party in Final Fantasy I and it’s a staple class in every FF game and most JRPGs. Rudez is the player who our alliance is centered around and from my viewpoint a lot of the people in this game have some kind of connection to her. She is the center of the alliance and the party. Will this change with time? Probably. But for now she is the leader of the alliance.
Aaron the Thief – First off, I don’t mean this negatively. You’re awesome Aaron. The reason I name Aaron the Thief is that Aaron is the quietest inside our core four of the alliance and Thieves tend to say little and strike when they have the perfect opportunity. This doesn’t mean that the Thief never talks though. He is quite charismatic and people like him and it’s that charisma that gets him close enough to your money purse.
Lister the Red Mage – Red Mages are all about versatility and can be used in multiple different ways. They can wield swords like a warrior. Cast Black Magic like the Black Mage and cast White Magic like the White Mage. I too am versatile. I can play a strong social game and make people want to include me in their plans and more than once I’ve been able to make sure that I’m the last player from my alliance standing in a game and make it far. I can be very strategic when I need to be but don’t always show it so as not to draw a target on my back. And of course when I need to pull out a win in a challenge I can do it. Provided of course that I have the time to dedicate to it and I don’t have to identify the names of Beanie Babies.
Leif the White Mage – Though Final Fantasy I only allowed us to have a party of 4, we’re breaking the rules and have added Leif as our fifth character. In Final Fantasy though the White Mage is seen as essential by many, they are primarily a support character who heals the others. Leif is the supporting member of the alliance. He was brought in solely to be the extra fifth vote and give us more security. Now this doesn’t necessairly mean that Leif will never be anything but an extra vote, but that’s what his position is at this exact point in time.
So. I’ve got my alliance. Cameron thinks he has his alliance. And unless I’m very much mistaken Cameron is about to get voted out. Christian also thinks I’m with him and am getting all my reliable information from him. According to Christian the vote is for Leif which I find interesting considering Cameron apparently told Aaron it was me and he is really going to vote Leif. So either Christian really is wanting to look out for me or their plan is confusion all the way. That all said though, Season 6 is about to lose it’s first member and one of the biggest people currently in the game is about to say hi to Eamon on MGI. I can’t wait for tribal results and to see everyone’s reactions to the blindside. It shall be magnificent.

LYNDSAY,

Are you fond of yourself? Do you like to watch videos of yourself multiple times? Like,, let’s say… twice?

I’ll forever be paranoid that Michael actually has the idol

OMG, according to the logic of people who spend way too much time reading what you say… THIS IDOL IS REAL!
This is why I stay up till 2am to beat the Aussies!

MARCELO,

I am very busy lately. Thats why I havent write any confessional in a long time. So let’s recap: I started ths game wanting to be the leader. The head of the alliance. I wanted to be the one who make the decisions. Everything was working great. I won the captains challenge and chose my tribe. I had my strong OOC 3 alliance, and my connections with people from others tribes(rudez and Cameron). But I created with Jessica frey, an alliance very early on. And It was very strong. I trusted her. So, a new alliance was born: “A COW”(The alliance between OW and AC). It was perfect. I felt in control of the game. The problems started when dave’s tribe lost and I had to chose between what i thought was the best choice and what dave thought was the best choice. Cameron sent me a convo that he had with eamon who said that he wanted me out. In the moment that he sent me the convo, I knew it was fake, but It was perfect, because I could vote eamon out and show the convo to dave who would forgive me. Michael was on board with this plan, but in the last second before the deadline, Michael changed his mind and told Dave everything. I was so mad, because now Dave would not forgive me anymore. But I went with “A COW”. After that I knew I could not trust Dave(because he would not trust me anymore).

After that, I lost control of the game. Jessica Frey was voted out, but my loyalty towards “A Cow” made me a new ally: Efe. I chose to mutiny to Efe’s team because I knew he would have my back. We voted Heeral out in a great blindside, and voted Fiona out because my plan(for now) is to do everything people tell me to do. I will be the best “Yes, Man”, until I strike.

One of my best moves on this game was to maximize my paranoid. Every round I told Cameron and Rudez that I thought It was me going. And every round They talked to me and tried to make me feel better. And everytime I didnt go home, I celebrated with them. I made them feel that they were part of the reason that i was stilll in the game. I thanked  them for everything. I wanted them to feel that I was a bad paranoid playerd and I owed them everything. I want them to feel that they control me, and that I will be with him if we make to the merge. And I think that It worked. At least with Cameron. He told me info about the votes every round. Even if I knew already I lied and acted surprise. He talked to people for me to keep me, and I laught with the people saying that he was trying to play our games. I think he really thinks he was the one responsible for getting me, efe, Lyn, Fiona and michael to vote heeral out. Poor guy. Me and Efe were responsible. And Cameron played himself out of the game. Everyone Knew what he was doing. Now I just hope he really thinks I was in their pocket and give me immunity whe he wins the MGI challenge, lol

MICHAEL,

NONE

NAOMI,

NONE

RENEE,

NONE

RUDEZ,

Confessional:
So things in my personal life have recently got a little rough, so haven’t really felt like posting a confessional.. BUT this morning I woke up with an insane desire to write so yay!
#1 – Heeral gets voted out
Heeral getting voting out was influenced a bit by me.  I don’t like getting involved in other tribes, but felt I needed to step in to reinforce that Lyndsay and Efe might not get to the merge if Heeral stays.  The choice was completely theirs, and I’m happy that it went down the way it did.  Heeral was a point of interest in this game to rally behind, removing her means that I think a counter alliance will be that much harder to form.  I do think Lyndsay and Efe’s position in the tribe has been improved, but they’ll now have to watch for the blindside.
#2 – Will Naomi pull her mutiny trigger?
This was something Lyndsay told me Naomi would do if Heeral was voted out.  The fear was not of Naomi coming to KY, but of Naomi, Sergiu and Jeremy coming to KY.  Firstly, KY would feel invaded, but more importantly, Lyndsay and Efe would be dead men walking on their tribe.  So the plan was to ensure that Sergiu and Jeremy stayed on CO.  Knowing Cameron’s standing in this game, I knew that the way to keep people off KY is by having Cameron invite people to join us!  So that’s what I did.. I conspired with Cam to get Serg and Jeremy onto KY so we could pick them off.. then I went to both Serg and Jeremy and let them know that Cam was going to invite them over so that he could trap them.. and I believe that is all it would’ve taken had Naomi actually pulled the trigger
#3 – Group B’s immunity challenge.
I was rather worried about the quoridor challenge.  Not only had I never heard of the game, when I played against Lister to get to know the game, he beat me 75% of the time.  There’s a strategy to quoridor that I don’t exactly get, but I believe Sergiu, Jeremy and Lister understand it VERY well!  But when Brian appeared to be stuck, I offered to jump in and give advice where I could..  I could see the moves that he needed to make, but not the ones Serg would make to counter them, and talking to Serg later in the day made me realise that by the time I had started to help, there was literally no way Serg wasn’t going to win.. So it was crushing, but that group didn’t lay out a good enough plan, and that’s just how it goes in Survivor.
#4 – Group A’s immunity challenge
So with knowing that group B had just lost, there was an added pressure to do well in group A.  Feeling confident that I now understood the game, I started to make moves without anyone’s help.  The strategy: Wait until Jeremy went to bed!  Which is exactly what he did  And it worked out pretty well for a while, but due to the slow nature of the challenge he eventually woke up.  This is about the time that Chris had to leave, Brian had to leave, and Lister was no where to be seen.  I had been checking every move with at least 2 people separately to see if they were the best moves, and accepting advice from them in return.  So a group effort now had to be finished off by me.. which was fine cause we had them positively trapped, there was nothing they could do..
Except, Jeremy has an understanding of quoridor unmatched.  And so in the closing moves, he had found 2 different ways to win.. I was able to stop the one with the help of Aaron, but then Jeremy started doing something incredibly odd, he started moving one of his pawns in the complete wrong direction.. Lister then shows up thank goodness, and clues us in to what Jeremy is doing, which if he had figured it out one move later, Co would have won.. In fact I thought it was too late and that I had completely ruined our chances, but luckily at that point Jeremy was like ‘good game guys’.. and essentially told us how we won.. lol!
I never want to play quoridor again!  But kinda do, it was exciting!
#5 – Tribal Council
This one is certainly going to be interesting for me and Brian.. we’ve found ourselves in 2 alliances of 5, so I do believe we know what is going on.  The only way I’m leaving is if Brian leads the blindside himself, which I don’t think he’ll do at this point.
The choices are Leif, or Cam.  Leif joined our tribe last, so voting him out won’t impact group dynamics much.  Ky stays unified and strong in challenges, and nothing really changes.  Cam has been meddling everywhere, so this blindside has to inevitably happen sometime.  If he had just always consulted me with his plans this wouldn’t be an option, but Cam is a wildcard, he’s clearly playing for himself, and the moment he gave his idol to Fiona, we were officially done.
However, voting Cam out is risky.. Christian will be angry and feel betrayed too.. I’ve managed to get DQ on board with possibly eliminating Cam.. So KY should stay relatively united, but the idea of isolating Christian scares me.. He’s such a capable player that I’m sure he’ll ‘forgive’ us quickly, but I know we will have lost his trust for the rest of the game..  Voting out Cam means we’re also voting out someone who is good in challenges.. so it’s not clear-cut at all.
#6 – Idols
Up until Lyndsay found the CO idol, Cam has thought the one he found was real.. this suited me perfectly, cause if he thought he was voted out with an idol, then so would everyone else.. and the idea of a KY idol would leave people’s minds.. However, in Lyndsay’s excitement to find out if hers was real, she didn’t wait for me to come online to validate (I know the trick :P), so she asked Cam.. and now Cam is very sure he has a fake!  Hopefully, if we do vote him out he won’t talk too much about idols, and I can keep the idea in people’s heads that Cam did indeed have the KY idol.

***AFTER THE VOTE***
Confessional:
Voting out Cam was not fun.  I don’t like betraying my friends, and today of all days I’m especially not dealing with it well.  I know if I’m honest with Cam about all the reasons he left which include both good and bad things he did in the game and if I got it through to him that this was in no way personal, that we’d be okay eventually again as friends.  And he’s handling it so well that I’m feeling so much more guilty than before.
I then sent Christian a message trying my best to outline why I didn’t tell him we were voting out Cameron.  Well, this didn’t go down too well cause it had too much “fluff” and sounded disingenuous.  I tried to say that we didn’t trust him with the info cause he was untrustworthy, but because I believed he would be loyal to Cam.. which in my eyes is a compliment, but I probably shouldn’t have told him that.  Essentially I just sounded guilty, which I guess I’m feeling, so should’ve probably just kept quiet.
Then, in my sensitive state, I didn’t deal very well with Christian not liking my fluff.. it took me a while to realise I just couldn’t take criticism and can’t take it when someone no longer likes me.. but let’s just say I’ve sufficiently embarrassed myself today concerning this topic and would very much like to put my ridiculousness behind me.
Struggling to keep my head in the game and my emotions out of it.  Like today I feel like a s—ty friend and a s—-ty person and kinda just wanna put the game down and walk away.. will probably walk away for the rest of the day and come back when I’m ready to be less of a wimp and more like the Rudez who deserves to be an all star!

SERGIU,

Confessional: This is just in case I wake up to being voted out. Won’t be a surprise haha… if not I’ll make a full confession when I wake ip

7.83 Round 8 Immunity Challenge

Be prepared for your next tribal immunity challenge. I will post it at 9:00pm eastern Monday (tomorrow night).

You must divide yourselves into two groups of four. No, it is not a mixing of tribes.

One group will be your ‘A’ group and the other will be your ‘B’ group.

This challenge is semi-live, and one tribe will have nine hours for one of its players to make a move, then it is the other tribe’s turn to have nine hours to make a move. Therefore, you will want to make sure one of four people can check in online during any given nine hour span.

Yeah, you pretty much know what challenge is coming.

****

Everybody getting their new look at the new Co tribe. . .Heeral voted out at the last Tribal Council. We are now at two tribes of eight. Ky, Naomi, and Sergiu, I will take back immunity from y’all. Immunity is back up for grabs.

Yesterday, both tribes were told to divide themselves into two groups of eight. They were also told to make sure at least one person could be online in each group in any given nine hour span of time.

Let’s take a look at the two groups.

KY

Group A: Rudez, Christian, Lister, Aaron

vs.

CO

Group A: Efe, Jeremy, Lyndsay, Michael

KY

Group B: Brian, Cameron, Leif, DQ

vs.

CO

Group B: Fiona, Marcelo, Naomi, Sergiu

These are our matchups. I said that you guys probably knew what challenge was coming. . .and Ky wasted no time digging up the correct challenge.

TRIBAL IMMUNITY CHALLENGE #8: Quoridor Heat A

Yep. Time for Quoridor. This challenge has only been played in SCWL 5, and is a huge part of ORG history.

1) Spau and Daln played against each other in this challenge. Jeremy, Sergiu, and the eliminated Gloria and Moray beat Christian, Naomi, and the eliminated Jason. Jeremy and Christian had the closest matchup during this challenge back in SCWL 5, and they are matched up against each other today.

2) This was a duel on MGI. It is the most infamous duel of SCWL 5 as this was nominated for the most memorable moment of the 9th semi-annual ORG awards during the Danial vs. Albee conflict.

3) Quoridor appeared again as the Final Four immunity challenge which Jeremy, Sergiu, and Michelle forfeited. Jeremy was voted out unanimously in what is nominated as the greatest blindside of the 9th semi-annual ORG awards.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quoridor

Yes. A game with a Wikipedia page to explain it. Read that then look at the modifications here.

You will play Quoridor. We will essentially be playing the exact same way as listed on the Wikipedia page, but with some modifications:

1) Each group will have control of either the red and green pawns or the yellow and blue pawns. In Group A, Ky will have the red and green pawns. In Group B, Co will have the red and green pawns.

2) Whichever group is assigned the red and green pawns will move first. Anybody in your tribe’s group can move the red or green pawn.

3) When you move one of your tribe’s pawns, please type “MOVE: (insert pawn move or barrier here”. As soon as you enter a move with that format, it is like taking your finger off a chess piece, and it is immediately the opposing tribe’s turn.

4) Because I am not allowed to do live immunity challenges, I think giving a maximum of 9 hours between moves is fair. However, I certainly encourage both tribes to have some sort of agreement when they can speed up the challenge if possible.

5) Top left corner of the board is A1, bottom right corner is I9.

6) To create a barrier, give me which two pairs of squares it will be wedged between. For instance, if you wanted a barrier between A1-A2 and B1-B2 you would say “MOVE: Insert vertical barrier between A1-A2 and B1-B2”. That makes it easier for everyone to understand where you want the barrier.

7) If a group misses their turn after nine hours, the other tribe will make two moves on their turn instead of one.

8) Whichever group manages to successfully get a pawn to its opposite side wins immunity their tribe (so green pawn would have to enter yellow’s column or the red pawn would have to enter blue’s row).

I will try to log in frequently to make sure everything is going smoothly, and try to update it for myself visually. Moray did an awesome job of updating the board in SCWL 5.

In short, win your group matchup, and you win immunity for your tribe.

Which takes us to our twist for this round, and it is taken directly from the SCWL Prequel. . .

TRIBAL IMMUNITY CHALLENGE #9: Quoridor Heat B

That’s right. Each group matchup represents one tribal immunity up for grabs. Win both group matchups, and your tribe is safe from both Tribal Councils. Win one apiece, and both tribes are dropped to seven. Lose both matchups. . .and your life in this game will become a bit more difficult.

I will create a private message thread for each group’s matchup. Each tribal immunity challenge will be played here.

DUEL/TRUEL A: Quoridor

There are three of you, but only two can play Quoridor.

Whoever moves first will take control of the red and green pawns.
Whoever moves second will take control of the blue and yellow pawns.
The third person. . .is out of MGI.

The two of you will play on a 7×7 board. Top left corner is A1. Bottom right corner is G7.

Your time limit between moves is a bit longer compared to the main challenge. You have twelve hours in between moves.

You will play out Quoridor in this thread.

Once Ky and Co have finished their matchups, this duel will end immediately.

Send in who you want to be immune before the end of the duel.

Everything else is pretty much the same as the main challenge.

DUEL/TRUEL B: Rock-paper-scissors

Of the two who play in Quoridor, you will send privately message me five rock-paper-scissors picks as you play Quoridor.

e.g.

1. Rock
2. Paper
3. Rock
4. Rock
5. Scissors

Whoever scores the most in the first three wins the matchup. Number four and five merely serve as tiebreakers in the event we are tied after the three picks.

Send in who you want to be immune before the end of the duel.

7.84 Round 8 Tribal Council

TRIBAL COUNCIL #8

(EFE)-(FIONA)-(JEREMY)-(LYNDSAY)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(*NAOMI*)-(SERGIU)
XXX
(GLORIA)-(EAMON)-(MORAY)-(SHERI)-(JESSICA)-(KJ)-(JASON)-(DAVE)-(HEERAL)

E.V.O. Search for Eden Sorrow music

EFE,

1. Tough to talk about this round without acknowledging what went down last round. You guys had one of the craziest vote splits I have ever seen. What went down?

2. With your longtime captain being voted out, how has that altered the dynamic since Tribal Council?

3. Once again, you guys continue to be one of the quietest tribes I have seen in the history of this game. Do you think players are unwilling to openly chat in the tribe thread, or is everyone naturally quiet?

FIONA,

1. Thanks to Immunity Challenge #9 being won, you finally have a win after eight challenge losses. You are the only player to be tied for second most immunity wins to start out a season, but now you are also tied for the most immunity losses to start out a season. What’s it like to solidify two records at opposite ends of the spectrum?

2. These repeated challenge losses means you have been going to Tribal Councils repeatedly as well. Last round, you barely escaped a three-way tie vote. Why do you think you are always so close to elimination?

3. Last round you said that you haven’t had a chance to reach out to everyone yet. After coming so close to being voted out, has that two-way street opened up yet, or is it still a struggle to get to know everyone?

JEREMY,

1. Co has traveled to a couple of Tribal Councils now. Have you identified any voting blocs that have formed or do you feel that nobody has solidified an alliance yet?

2. You were apart of the losing group for Group A along with Lyndsay, Efe, and Michael. That’s the only reason why you guys have to vote someone out tonight. Do you think one of the four of you will be taking ultimate responsibility for the loss tonight?

3. What should the voting criteria be for tonight’s vote?

LYNDSAY,

1. Will any of the voting for this round be based around what you anticipate will happen at Ky’s Tribal Council?

2. And how big of an advantage is it for Ky to go to Tribal Council after you guys do? Will that gap in time or hearing through word of mouth who you guys vote out truly give them more power?

3. After tonight, just over half of the original all-stars will still be alive in this season. In past seasons, going down to fourteen players represents only four rounds of play. Here you guys have been playing for well over a month. Outside of Moray and Sheri, how much of a grind has it been to oust each all-star out of this game?

MARCELO,

1. For once, nothing in this round was about you publicly. Have you gone back to your SCWL 2 self by being one of the quieter players in this game?

2. Is this a new strategy after barely surviving a re-vote by just one vote? A 3-3-2 vote then a 4-3 re-vote is as close as things get in SCWL. That must worry you a little bit.

3. Are you confident that the people who saved you last round will have your back for this round?

MICHAEL,

1. Last round we discussed if entering the tribe only hours before Tribal Council would put you on the outs. A couple days have gone by since then. Do you feel like you are a full-fledged member of Co?

2. Is there a way to improve this tribe with tonight’s vote? In the words of Darrah, you may have won a challenge, but you lost one too.

3. How much of being back for All Stars is about improving on your previous legacy or reputation? Do you think players are trying to re-write their place in SCWL history?

NAOMI,

1. Every time you sit here you seem to have immunity. Only once have you been vulnerable at Tribal Council all game. Do you intend to maintain that trend?

2. But it seemed like you may have needed immunity as you and Fiona appeared to get into a heated discussion about the Jeopardy! challenge last round. Can you elaborate on the issue there?

3. You have three Australians, one Canadian, one Turkish sex canon, one Brazilian, one American, and one Romanian. Last round I asked if that affects the tribal dynamic at all. This round I ask if that makes camp life more interesting when all of you have drastically different backgrounds.

SERGIU,

1. You appeared to have single-handedly led Group B to an immunity win over Ky. Was it a solo effort on your part or did you consult with Marcelo, Fiona, and Naomi each time you moved?

2. And if it was mostly you who led the tribe, do you think you will be rewarded by surviving tonight’s Tribal Council?

3. What will be the biggest reason why someone is voted out this round?

Okay. When you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)
REASON: Because in this game, he is just a lousy pawn.

Alright. You cannot vote for Naomi. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 3:00am eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Co tribe, you’re up.

VOTING

Sonic 2 Oil Ocean music

EFE,

Vote: Micheal
Hope your wedding goes well, its a shame that you havent given your best

Vote change: Fiona
I couldnt get lynsday to vote for micheal this round. Lets keep the inactive one. Dumb move both for me and tribe! I cant change the vote so I dont wanna alienate micheal because we may need him

FIONA,

VOTE: Michael
REASON: not around and it’s a numbers game an the numbers are against him this round

JEREMY,

Vote: Fiona
Maybe this time you’ll go home. Or maybe it will be me.

LYNDSAY,

oh and I’m voting Fiona out of the tribe.
and feel like im about to be blindsided, so if I leave tonight… I called it\

MARCELO,

Vote: fiona

MICHAEL,

VOTE: Fiona
Reason: cause

NAOMI,

Fiona please

SERGIU,

Vote: Fiona
Reason: Busy busy busy but better inactive and loyal than randomly log in an jump ship in dangerous situationd
I might change it… just voted in case I don’t wake up in time

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

Sonic CD Tidal Tempest Future music

If anybody has played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I would reveal it.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Fiona)
.
.
One vote Fiona.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(Michael)
.
.
.
Tied. One vote Fiona, one vote Michael.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(Fiona)
.
.
.
Two votes Fiona, one vote Michael.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(fiona)
.
.
.
Three votes Fiona, one vote Michael.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(Fiona)
.
.
.
Four votes Fiona, one vote Michael.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
Eighth person voted out of SCWL 7: All Stars. . .
.
.
(Fiona)
.
Fiona, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

ME: And that goes to show you how much your legacy can change by appearing in All Stars. Fiona entered this game as one of the top dominant players in SCWL history. She never even went to Tribal Council before round eight, and only voted attended seven TCs by Final Four. This time you send her packing after she visited TC seven times in eight rounds. It goes to show you how important it is to keep your head up as you fight your way through tough competition in your second SCWL adventure. . .no matter what goes wrong along the way. Good luck.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #9

FF V Sadness Moments

(AARON)-(BRIAN)-(CAMERON)-(CHRISTIAN)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(RENEE)-(RUDEZ)
XXX
(GLORIA)-(EAMON)-(MORAY)-(SHERI)-(JESSICA)-(KJ)-(JASON)-(DAVE)-(HEERAL)-(FIONA)

Ky getting your first look at the newly extinguished torch. . .Fiona voted out at Co’s Tribal Council.

I don’t really get to chat with you guys much here at TC.

AARON,

1. KJ was the last one standing from SCWL 3, and Renee is the last one standing from SCWL 4. How does it feel to know you are the last SCWL 1 player standing?

2. You guys have been much more talkative at camp compared to Co. Do you think that high level of communication is why Ky has been successful up to this point?

3. What is the level of activity amongst players on your tribe? Is everyone pulling their weight or are there people who are noticeably M.I.A. minus the paper and planes?

BRIAN,

1. What the heck happened with Group B in Quoridor? You and Cameron appeared to be making the bulk of the moves, but it seemed like Sergiu’s experience of playing this challenge in SCWL 5 really gave them an advantage.

2. As a tribe, you guys have done very well. Six out of nine challenges have produced a first place finish. Jason is the only player who has been voted out of this camp. Does the game feel like it is in full swing tonight or is this still a joyful atmosphere for Ky?

3. Let’s rewind a bit back to the tribe “switch”. Neither tribe was interested in picking members from the opposite tribe. Do you take it as a sign that both tribes are tight with who they have overall?

CAMERON,

1. With Fiona’s exit, the only season to have not lost a player is SCWL 6–your season. Is there any meaning to that, or is it just luck that the spread of eliminations have formed this way?

2. Last round you and Sergiu had a heated conflict when Eamon granted him safety from the last Tribal Council. This round you two faced off in Quoridor. Is it safe to say that you and Sergiu have an unofficial rivalry well underway?

3. Last season you were apart of the most hostile and intense cast in SCWL history. This season the cast could not be more different. How does that affect the game strategically?

CHRISTIAN,

1. I know I made a big deal about you and Jeremy facing off once again in Quoridor. Was it really that big of a deal? Or was it just a nice side attraction to have going on in All Stars?

2. Co eliminated Heeral last round who was their original captain from Opening Day. Is there a chance that Ky would eliminate one of the original members this round and follow suit?

3. With one twist happening every round, are theories about what twists could be coming up in future rounds also influencing things such as who you vote out tonight?

LEIF,

1. You have been switching between tribes a lot lately. In fact, you are the only person who switched during the Schoolyard Pick last week. Does that make you concerned that you are the eighth man into a tribe that already had seven members before you joined?

2. And how do you integrate into a tribe that has a long standing successful dynamic? Especially when some of these players have been together at this camp for over a month now.

3. How does being on Ky compare to being on Co or Ow?

LISTER,

1. Traveling to Tribal Council only two or three times out of nine is very rare in Survivor. You already voted out eight people by this point in SCWL 2. How does the strategic game change when you come here once every four to five rounds?

2. After tonight this game goes down to fourteen people. Are thoughts about how the dynamic will be in a post-merge situation starting to enter people’s minds? Or is there so much on your plate right now that a post-merge environment is too overwhelming to consider right now?

3. The Co tribe has only a maximum of two players on any given continent. Very spread out in terms of time zones. You guys are almost all based in North America. Do you think that has given you a huge advantage since you became a member of this tribe?

RENEE,

1. Upsa was one of the more disorganized tribes in SCWL history. How has the experience of being on Ky contrast with being on Upsa?

2. You were apart of the losing effort in Group B. Do you think anybody will be voted out for their performance in Group B, or is that sort of a non-issue?

3. Do you think there are any areas where this tribe could improve?

RUDEZ,

1. I’ve had a tough time asking you guys questions for this Tribal Council. Is that a testament to how strong this tribe is on paper?

2. In SCWL 6, my personal life and the cast allowed for a really fast-paced game. I know the pace for this season has been slower. Has that affected how you have been playing this game?

3. Speaking of SCWL 6, you spent six rounds of nine on a tribe that never really had more than three tribe members. Is there a lot less pressure to perform on much bigger tribes, or does being on a tribe full of all stars make you check in with everyone more than, say, being stuck at camp with Corey and Nick?

Okay. When you vote, please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)
REASON: I bet your reason for voting someone out is the exact same reason as yesterday. I mean, no other challenges have taken place between then and now. What other reasoning could you possibly have this time? And because you always base your reasoning off of whatever happened twenty minutes, that is -my- reason for voting you out tonight.

Okay. Everybody is fair game. Between now and 2:00am eastern Saturday, it is time to vote. Ky tribe, you’re up.

VOTING

FF III Dark Cloud Appears

AARON,

VOTE: (Cameron) Reason: He’s been trying to play me this whole time and switch votes around. I know he has an idol so I hope that all goes well and he is blindsided with it.

CONFESSIONAL: The alliance between me, Brian, Rudez, and Lister has now added Leif which is fine with me.

I trust the three of those so much and I haven’t really gotten to know Leif but I don’t really think he has anywhere else to go so this is good. I hope our alliance can stay intact for awhile now

BRIAN,

Vote: (Cam)

Reason: First of all, let’s be clear…You never planned to work with me, you had pregame alliances with half the game but not me, and I would have been lucky to make the top 5 under your plans. And recognize this? %33-HOW-DID-YOU-GET-THIS77% That is the idol that could have saved you right now, that could have convinced us that you were working for KY’s benefit and not your own, but you threw it all away. Now half the tribe still thinks you have an idol and are being careful, but I hear you know now what I’ve known for a while…you don’t! I will say that you improved more than I thought you would, and your future is bright, but welcome to all-stars…This vote is in honor of Dave Bronson!

CAMERON,

Vote: Leif
Reason: You just got hit with the whammy stick, man. Just a case of bad luck.

CHRISTIAN,

Voting Leif

LEIF,

hmmm so the only person ive told about going for the penalty was Lister so that means he might have told Rudez. which means ive been compromised. which sucks. or Rudez is just too astute and tried to back me up in a corner. nevertheless i wont admit to it

Vote: (Cameron)
Reason: Because we’re trying to get rid of the idol holder.

LISTER,

VOTE: CAMERON
“You’re a really strong player but you’ve given too many people the impression of playing too hard too fast and that is what’s doing you in.”

RENEE,

VOTE: CAMERON

First blindside of the season but it feels like yer (Cam) running the show and I feel like you might flip come merge. Had to take a risk and go with my gut.

RUDEZ,

Vote: Cameron
Reason: For once I’m writing down your name not because you’re on a different alliance, but because you’ve become the biggest threat in this game.. In a way, you had set yourself up to either do really well or really not well before the game started when you formed pre-game alliances with everyone. For the longest time I believed our Day and Night alliance was us just messing with each other, but your partnership in this game has been invaluable. But you have become a wildcard, and you and I both know how dangerous a wild card is.. you proved this when you tanked your first tribes challenge to get rid of Glo, you gave Fiona the puzzle idol without discussing it with me first and then when you maneuvered blindsides on a completely different tribe. Cam, you’re an amazing friend, and I know how much it means to you to have played differently! You played spectacularly, sometimes a little too hard, but you were never ever controlled by anyone else, so I’d be proud if I was you.. The way I think about it is that voting you out now is the biggest compliment I can give you!

VOTE REVEAL

EarthBound Sanctuary Guardian music theme

If anybody has played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Leif)
.
.
One vote Leif.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.

(Cameron)
.
.
.
Tied. One vote Cameron, one vote Leif.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Leif)
.
.
.
Two votes Leif, one vote Cameron.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(CAMERON)
.
.
.
Tied. Two votes Leif, two votes Cameron.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(CAMERON)
.
.
.
Three votes Cameron, two votes Leif.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Cameron)
.
.
.
.
Four votes Cameron, two votes Leif, two votes left.
.
.
.
.
.
SEVENTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
Ninth person voted out of SCWL 7: All Stars. . .
.
.
.
.
(Cameron)
.
.
Cameron, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

ME: Definitely the biggest move made by the Ky tribe so far. You finally had your first tough vote, and certainly used it to knock out who is arguably your most active and most competitive player. With MGI still in play, you probably haven’t seen the last of Cam’s presence in this game. After eight relatively strong rounds, the Ky tribe continues to look strong. Unfortunately, your numbers stay the same as the Co tribe. I doubt you want to give Co a numbers advantage as speculation of a merge begins.

7.85 Round 8 Blog

LIGHT WARRIORS

Ah yes. Lister, Aaron, Rudez, Brian, and Leif creating the Light Warriors alliance. Essentially this includes everyone on Co except Cameron, Christian, and Renee. This sounds like a very Lister-ish alliance as the names and roles given to each player directly tie to Final Fantasy games. It will be interesting to see how strong this alliance could be as we enter the second half of the game. . .or if this is just a fantasy.

Also, first time we’ve really acknowledged Aaron’s presence since the first couple rounds. He lays low under the radar since Ac was dissolved, and now he is very safe on Ky. Excellent work, Aaron.

Sadly I currently predict Aaron may go in the same position as he did in SCWL 1. Yes, he will merge in the majority, but can he be the majority within the majority? I had my doubts at the time. However, UTR strategy may work out well in this format.

QUORIDOR REPEATED

Everyone knows this: Quoridor is my favourite challenge. It’s too bad that there couldn’t be a non-live version of it where we could play a full game, but that tends to be the case in ORGs. Live challenges are usually the best format, but sadly cannot be played online to accomodate international players.

A simple re-watch of BB4 two years ago would make this a beloved SCWL 5 and 7 challenge. It was the perfect challenge to raise the stakes.

WHAT IS A SCWL PREQUEL TWIST DOING HERE?

Ah yes. The first time we have used anything from the Prequel since Week Zero.

In SCWL: The Prequel, this twist was used in the second round where we went from four tribes down to two tribes of nine. To speed up the game and eliminate two of many inactives, I had two separate immunity challenges going simultaneously. Each tribe won one, and each tribe booted a player who never showed up.

Obviously having a twist like that in the second round of All Stars would have been dumb, and that is why I waited until the eighth round to pull that off, and choose a much better challenge to host it with rather than the “Table Seating” challenge which could have indirectly given one or both tribes an advantage.

IF CO WINS BOTH HEATS

If Co wins, they’ll be up 8-6. Ky will most likely dump two of Leif, Cameron, and Christian. Ky will be scrambling at merge.

IF KY WINS BOTH HEATS

Ky will ensure its spot as one of the most dominant tribes ever as Co will be in complete disarray. Polls suggest two members from Ow or Naomi would go.

THE SCWL 5 RE-MATCH

Ah yes. One of our heats placed Christian against Jeremy. Jeremy beat Christian in SCWL 5, but Christian made up for it here as he potentially saved himself from elimination. Tune in for SCWL 12: Super All Stars for the rubber match. Two great strategic minds are always entertaining to watch in a challenge like this. It makes you wonder if the other players catch on to how much their brains truly are working as the season progresses.

CAMERON VS. SERGIU

This rivalry never seems to go away. Cameron eliminated Eamon and Gloria at the beginning of the game when it was them and Sergiu all on Su. Eamon has been on MGI for six episodes. Gloria is long gone. Eamon repeatedly saves Sergiu. I was curious to see how playing Quoridor would play out.

And things turned messy quickly as Sergiu nearly screwed himself very early on.

EXPLANATION OF GRIDS

Grids always have letters going across, and numbers going down. It is like that in every computer program and set of co-ordinates out there. Even in the Wiki page for Quoridor that same configuration was listed.

Somehow Sergiu tilted the board 90 degrees in his mind and was working at a disadvantage. If memory recalls, Cameron caught on to Sergiu’s error almost right away, but for some reason moved according to Sergiu’s view of the board.

Their match went by so quickly that Brian did not wake up in time to intervene, and the challenge was over before the damage could be repaired. I checked through all of the moves made, and even with tilting the board 90 degrees, Sergiu still managed to win the heat.

He was extremely lucky. It would be like playing Bingo with numbers going across the top and correctly marking your board. You need a large dose of luck to win any given season of SCWL or any season of Survivor on TV for that matter, and I thought that was going to be Sergiu’s lucky break.

Ky is going to TC at least once. And with Ky winning the second match-up, both tribes would lose one member to be 7-7.

EAMON AND HEERAL’S MGI DUEL

You think the MGI duels have been boring and pointless up to this point? How dare you!

Okay, frankly I agree. The MGI twist was unnecessary for the most part. This is only one of two rounds where it proves to be more effective beyond “let’s save Sergiu or Naomi”.

Dave never showed up for MGI. Eamon and Heeral both agreed to split one win each. Eamon would save Sergiu from TC #8 (where Co was immune anyway), and Heeral would save Naomi from TC #9 (where being awarded individual immunity was worthwhile).

SERGIU GUARDED; NAOMI WINDS UP WITH YET ANOTHER TALISWOMAN

Naomi has rarely been at risk. She either wins immunity, or has been awarded individual immunity twice. A maze and Heeral can be thanked for that.

JEREMY–ANOTHER SCWL 2 OR 5 PLAYER TRICKED BY A SCWL 6 CLAIMED IDOL

Ah yes. Co has enough tribal idol clues, and Jeremy falls for another one of Lyndsay’s or Rudez’s fake idols. The Maritime of Hope connection proves to be fatal, and Jeremy was just not quick enough.

JEREMY BEING OUTPLAYED BY SCWL 6 FOR SECOND ROUND IN A ROW

Previously, Jeremy watched as Efe and Lyndsay both went against him by voting out Heeral in the re-vote.

This round, Jeremy is tricked into picking up a fake idol. These two are supposed to be key allies for him in the long run, but Jeremy may need to re-examine his game as neither are proving to be terribly trustworthy in terms of wanting him to progress further.

A rare spot for Jeremy to be in the SCWL universe.

CO VISITS TC BUT IT IS OW THAT IS IN TROUBLE

It seemed silly for Co to turn agains themselves once again. With three members being from the former Ow tribe that appears to lose everything, it became apparent that one of them needed to go from Co’s perspective. They knew a potential 7-7 winner take all tribal immunity may require all hands on deck.

MICHAEL THE INACTIVE OR FIONA THE DARK CLOUD

Somehow Marcelo went from “one vote away from being eliminated twice in one round” and infuriating his tribemates to suddenly being safe. Yes, Marcelo is one of only three players who came from Ow, and received the most votes just one round earlier, but is safe.

Michael’s recent inactivity (much like my own from posting these episodes) was on the line.

Or Fiona, who is not getting along with her tribe socially and has a huge chunk of her fire lost. She may be the only player who made it to the top seventeen who does not seem eager to be in the game.

Can you trust Fiona once merge hits if you’re Co? Most likely not.

She voted every TC. She still strategized. She needs to ally with someone. Will she really fit in with Ky more than Co? Especially if they were to vote out the person who saved her with a hidden immunity idol?

FIONA AND RELATIONSHIP WITH (POSSIBLY YOUNGER?) WOMEN IN THE SERIES

An odd trend that has formed in SCWL. Fiona had a core deal with Scott, Mervin, and Marty as she had a rivalry with Elvera, and voted against Amy at F4.

Here in SCWL 7, she never seemed to get along with Naomi, Heeral, and Lyndsay.

It would have been neat to see Fiona interact with players like Renee and Rudez. Particularly Renee.

FIONA’S ALL STAR BLUES

Fiona never won a single SCWL challenge this season. She was rarely referenced by other players in their confessionals. Why, Fiona never sent a confessional herself. I think if All Stars happened a couple seasons earlier, we would have seen a much more vicious Fiona who could have had a deeper run.

She just could not put together a strong game plan together. It’s amazing how much Fiona survived given she was never in a configuration that meshed with her, and lasted the same number of TCs as SCWL 1, but it did not come off as a strong run.

SHOULD FIONA RETIRE?

And then it came. 7-1 unanimous voteout over Michael who had been inactive for the past couple rounds.

Eh, that’s ultimately up to her. Perhaps in another year or so, or maybe in a new ORG format entirely, Fiona may be a really strong player again. Now that it has been three months since being voted out, I’m curious what Fiona has to say about this experience.

THE STAGE IS SET FOR KY

And now it’s time for Ky’s trip. In SCWL 6, taking out Cam was the move that defined the ending to the season. Here, ousting Cam was being built up as perhaps the biggest elimination for Ky in the pre-merge phase. Think about it. Only Jason has been voted out of Ky thus far. The eleventh person is about to be eliminated, but only Ky’s second trip to TC.

Cam has practically been a permanent member as he joined the tribe at the start of round two. He is close to Rudez. He is talking to virtually everyone remaining in this game. He has eliminated players on other tribes. No matter what, voting out Cam will have a serious impact on this game.

KY FLATTERED A TRIBE IS NAMED AFTER HER

Oh right. Apparently there is a player in the ORG community named Ky. She is an Aussie. Needless to say for the first half of the game her news feed would be confused as her name would frequently pop up in our group due to it being a tribe name.

When is she going to play SCWL, anyway?

NO, NO CRUSHES HERE

Sorry Ky, but the name of the tribe coincided with SUPACOOWACKY being broken down into six fragments. The name of the series merely wants to be friends with you.

LEIF BRAND NEW TO A SOLID TRIBE–DEEP TROUBLE

The only player who could keep Cam safe this round is Leif. He is walking into a tribe that has been very solid for eight rounds. Can he truly be a member of the Light Warriors alliance?

BUT CAN YOU KEEP CAMERON UNTIL MERGE?

After proving to be the wildcard once again this season, this may be one of the bigger things that frightened Mad Scientists and others on the tribe. What will Cam do in a merge situation? Will he stick to you or will he go rogue? Much like how Fiona was voted out unanimously on Co for trust issues, the same could happen here for Cam.

CAMERON PLAYING 22 OF 23 ROUNDS FOR FIVE MONTHS STRAIGHT

Cameron has been playing his absolute hardest, and given the extremely short turnaround between SCWL 6 and 7, I can’t imagine the energy level and focus required to play a game as demanding as SCWL for November, December, early January, March, and early April all in a row. Furthermore, Cam made pre-game alliances which means he was already playing All Stars during February.

If there was a larger break between games, would Cam play any different up to this point? I don’t know. But he has appeared in every single episode blog since the start of SCWL 6, and it’s amazing how valuable his presence is to what transpires during each round.

IS THERE SUCH A THING AS SCWL FATIGUE?

Which led me to wonder how draining it must feel to reach this point. Talking to twenty people, playing idols, working to win challenges, reviewing what you have told every player, evaluating twists that could be on the horizon, sending in confessionals, etc. I am sure there were times where Cam would just want to step away and be a viewer.

WAS IT A BLINDSIDE?

Yes, the votes were read as a 6-2 vote sent Cam out of the game. Surprisingly, Christian was never in on this plan. It is the first time I have seen him out of the loop other than when he was voted out in that messed up 3-1-1 vote from SCWL 5.

I think anytime where you have Christian out of the loop in a vote, it’s safe to say the player who went home was blindsided. I know Cam, much like many other players, send in “I might go home” with their vote reasons every rounds to ensure they do not look bamboozled when episodes are released.

I would say on a scale of 1 to RyLis, this blindside was probably around a 6 or 7 in terms of how shocked Cam was that he was going to MGI. There are players who have made it to F4 or even F2 in SCWL who have done far less in an entire season than what Cam does in a single round of play.

There really shouldn’t be any reason for Cam to be disappointed with his finish. Considering players were telling me “Cam is so first out for all of the pre-game deals” before the season even began, I think making it all the way to 14th in a field of 25 is pretty dang good.

I think there is some poetry to Cam being eliminated in the same round as Fiona. This is mainly because if Cam did not save Fiona with his idol, his tribe would have trusted him and kept his idol in play to merge.

Instead, he had no idol to protect himself, and now Fiona and him are being sent to MGI in the same round. One wrong move really can come back to bite you sooner rather than later.

RESPONSE TO SCWL PREQUEL TWIST 2.0?

I thought it went well. If we ever do a season with more than 18 people, I could see myself using this as the only double boot round of that season.

So look for it in SCWL 14.

AN ODE TO CAMERON

Work hard.
Play hard.

DOWN TO FOURTEEN–7 VS. 7. ANYTHING CAN HAPPEN.

Who shall crumble on the pressure as everyone thinks a merge could occur soon? Oh, just you wait.

 

7.86 Round 8 Boot List Prediction

14: CHRISTIAN
13: MICHAEL
12: NAOMI
11: RUDEZ
10: JEREMY
09: MARCELO
08: AARON
07: LYNDSAY
06: EFE
05: RENEE
04: SERGIU
03: LEIF
02: LISTER
01: BRIAN

7.87 Next Time on SCWL. . .

– Although he is out of the game, Cameron continues to attempt to renew his influence on the game as he faces off against Heeral and Sergiu’s guardian on MGI.

– Armed with a fake idol and being out of the loop, Christian needs to make a comeback. And will him or Jeremy catch on to each possessing a fake idol?

– The Mad Scientists, and its larger possee the Light Warriors turn their attention to a big post-merge threat. But will everyone be on board?

– And Marcelo and Michael are in big trouble on the Co tribe. Will a merge rescue them, or will they face Tribal Council?

7.90 Round 9 Summary

SU—

Dissolved.

PA—

Dissolved.

CO—(2 tribal idol clues)

2. JEREMY BELL

3. LYNDSAY SHERRY

Drafted from SU 3rd: SERGIU ZABLAU

Drafted from Pa 2nd: NAOMI SOWARD (Mutiny Trigger)

Drafted from Ac 2nd: EFE KARANISOGLU

Mutinied from Ow: MARCELO CAMPOS (1 TC strike)

Mutinied from Ow, went to MGI, then re-joined Co: MICHAEL GRAGA

OW—

AC—

Dissolved.

KY— (7 tribal idol clues)

1. RUDEZ MERKS

2. BRIAN WHITEHEAD

3. CHRISTIAN FUENTES

4. RENEE DQ HIGLEY

Drafted from Su 1st: CAMERON JOHNSON

Drafted from Pa 1st: LISTER POTTER III

Received from Ac by default: AARON FRAZEE

Mutinied from Ow then Picked by Ky: LEIF BORNALES

MGI—

24th Place Malaysian: EAMON JAWATIN (SCWL 2–11th place)

17th Place Hindu: Heeral Desai (SCWL 4–8th place)

16th Place 70s Television Fan: FIONA “SMITH” (SCWL 1–4th place)

15th Place West Coaster: CAMERON JOHNSON (SCWL 6–4th place)

OUT:

25th Place Goddess: GLORIA QUERY (SCWL 5–5th place)

23rd Place Scottish Fellow: MORAY JAMES (Ejected) (SCWL 5–11th place)

22nd Place Mama: SHERI MARTINEZ (Ejected) (SCWL 3–9th place)

20th Place Initially: KJ BOCK (SCWL 3–6th place)

21st Place Intern: JESSICA FREY (The Gambler + Medallion of Power) (SCWL 4–3rd place)

19th Place Student: JASON STEPHENS (SCWL 5–6th place)

18th Place Albertan: DAVE BRONSON (SCWL 2–3rd place)

Date: April 11th to April 17th

Twist: Whoever penalized their tribe would automatically receive the mission to pursue the rogue idol.

Results: No one took it.

Immunity Challenge X: Maze Extravaganza

Results: Co won. Barely.

Voted Out: Christian

Vote Count: 5-2

7.91 Previously on SCWL. . .

– A classic twist from SCWL 0: The Prequel triggered the only double elimination round of All Stars as each tribe divided into two groups to play for two simultaneous tribal immunity idols.
– Co lost immunity in the first heat once again as Christian led the Ky group ‘A’ to outwit Jeremy’s Co group ‘A’ to redeem himself in Quoridor. Co was guaranteed one trip to TC.
– But hours earlier, Sergiu’s error in group ‘B’ somehow didn’t tank Co as Ky worked through it too fast and gave a controversial win to Co. Each tribe would visit TC once.
– A Light Warriors alliance was formed on Ky consisting of Lister, Aaron, Rudez, Brian, and Leif. They projected to be the endgame alliance as numerous bonds from Co could help them out post-merge.
– At Co’s Tribal Council, Fiona’s eight episode run of losses, dissolved from two tribes, and being anti-social amongst her tribemates would make her untrustworthy as she was eliminated in a unanimous vote over Michael who was inactive.
– Ky’s Tribal Council was more eventful as Cameron no longer had the idol that he used to save Fiona, and it was that very idol play which cast suspicion amongst the Light Warriors and Renee who sent him packing.
– But not everyone was in on the plan. Christian is armed with a fake idol and being the only outsider in the Cam vote. Either help Ky continue to be a strong tribe in challenges, or face elimination.

The tribes are now tied at seven members apiece. Fourteen are left; who will be voted out this round?

7.92 Round 9 Confessionals

AARON,

NONE

BRIAN,

“I know that Marcelo doesn’t have [the Co idol] P” – Lyndsay Sherry
“Keep your friends close and your acquaintances with idols even closer” – Brian Whitehead
Round 9 Confessional:  This is somewhat of an awkward time to be writing a confessional as any minute now I expect to hear the results of the last challenge, and rumor has it that it may not go well for us, but we’ll get to that later.  So we made a mistake by not telling Christian about the Cam vote after Cam knew he didn’t hold an idol, so the aftermath of last vote was spent trying to reel Chris back, just in case.  I think I got him back to trusting me by being brutally honest with him, but Rudez really ticked him off with her “fluffy” way of trying to explain things.  I thought it was sweet that my social skills saved the day when hers failed!  But Chris may have just signed his own death warrant because…
The Mad Scientists control the game!  Yeah, I know this quote will probably be used to set up my downfall and it’s probably going to pain me that we are winning right now if we don’t win in the end, but that’s how I feel!  Rudez and I can decide that anyone on KY will be next to go, and then we can make it happen right now, and I think we might be able to have that pull all the way until others realize that we are very close.  I feel like Christian is the only player that doesn’t want to work with both of us, so he may have to go if we indeed lose.  We are aligned with everyone on KY, but of course that is not enough so we are doing our best to keep our cross-tribal lines open as well which leads us to…(please say the following as Giles from Whodunnit)…
Lyndsay (hehe)…So Rudez at one point thought that our best path to the end might include Efe and Lyndsay, so I talked to her to help lay that groundwork if needed…and we worked together.  We joked around, hinting at Cam’s boot without saying anything and then once I found out about her idol I did an experiment to see whether she would admit it to me…the results are posted above…not quite, but pretty impressive for under a week if I do say so myself.  And let’s give credit to her here…She’s interacted with me impressively enough that in a bizarre twist I sometimes rather would go to the end with her and Rudez would rather go to the end with Lister…Raise your hand if you saw that one coming!  Well hopefully the challenge goes our way, but whatever happens all I see are numbers…Mad Scientists to the End!

“and it looks like we’ll be voting Chris, so emotions won’t win” – Rudez Merks
Tribal Council #10 Confessional:  You know what?  I don’t even want to talk about the challenge.  We lost and I feel we were close to winning but we never quite made it there.  Of course since Rudez was in charge she took the loss pretty hard.  (I tried pointing out that I knew how she felt, since I blamed myself for the 2 previous losses, with the only difference being those were actually my fault, or so I felt.)  So tribal happens twice in a row for us.  And once again Rudez and I find ourselves in alliance threads with every single player!  With the presumptive merge vote looming next round, it quickly became clear we needed to stick with the Light Warriors, so we only alienate at most 1 player rather than 2.  So last night I watched Captain America, and went to bed confident the vote would be Chris.
This morning then, I woke up to a message from Rudez wondering if we are making a mistake.  We talked, and in our hearts with both wanted to see DQ go home rather than Christian, based on how important the game seemed to him, and the fact that he really helped make KY into the special tribe it is.  But with Leif and Lister’s help, we laid out the pros and cons to each vote, and it was clear voting Chris was the best move.  (Interestingly enough MGI factored in since if we voted DQ and Cam gave immunity to Chris that would not be cool.)  So I expect the merge vote next round and that the vote will be yes and we will be down 7-6.  Hopefully our 6 stays unified and we can pull some numbers, and of course we have an idol which hopefully we can save for a little while.  To the best of my knowledge only the Mad Scientists know where that idol is still!  Mad Scientists to the End!

“I’m a sitting duck if we break up our core and so are you and rudez” – Renee DQ Higley
Tribal council #10 Postmortem:  First came the paranoia…Christian had not talked strategy with us all day, so we felt something was up.  Rudez mentioned something to this effect about midnight her time, and it rang true with me so we decided to contact the other Light Warriors to see what was up…she took Aaron and I took Lister (Leif being where Rudez should have been for most of this story…bed)  I guess Aaron’s answer was fine and around 3 am South Africa time Lister came on and was convincing enough that I knew the idol wouldn’t have to be played.  (For the record, I still don’t have this idol code…no need to make her even more paranoid by sharing it with someone else, although by this point I think we trust each other completely)
But there’s apparently only one total cure for paranoia…guilt!…yup, right about then Christian and DQ showed up.  So we did our “alliance talk” deciding to vote Aaron.  But Rudez had the noble goal of a unified Ky going into the merge, so she pitched DQ that we should vote out Chris, which is a fantastically horrible move for DQ!  I urged Rudez to throw me under the bus as the one that flipped, but I don’t think that really worked other than getting me a couple past votes and Rudez some heartbreak with losing some friends…*sigh*…at least I talked to them yesterday and got it over with.  (I will say Rudez was shockingly with it for it being 4:30 AM, I chose well!)  With that, classic KY is gone and it’s time to vote for the merge.  (But probably not the jury…seriously if ya gotta have a twist a round ya need to separate them)  All the rumblings I hear indicate that a merge will happen, and I’m ready for that…assuming DQ doesn’t either win or be MGI’d immunity I think she may be in trouble…I’m pretty sure the Light Warriors could get Serg, Lyndsey and Efe to vote her, and maybe everyone else…if not, the fun begins!  5 Light Warriors, 4 players on Co with past SCWL ties to us, 3 that don’t, 2 Mad Scientist with an idol, 1……SURVIVOR!

CAMERON,

Confessional time!
My time on MGI will be me repaying debts. One is to Christian. I admire him and his attitude towards the game: it put a lot into perspective. That, and he stood by me which I appreciate. I thought he’d be the one to turn on me when it was vice versa.
Marcelo is the other because I’ve used him harder than anyone. I’m not proud of how I played upon his paranoia and insecurity for my better gain. Yet for someone regarded as a volatile spitfire he’s also been loyal and good natured.
So it’s a matter of guesstimating who will do worse on the challenge and who is more likely to go home

CHRISTIAN,

voting Aaron

F— it, I’ll play the idol
999FLY999FLY999
Gonna hope it’s the idol
I can always hope
And just in case
888FLY888FLY888

EFE,

Confession: It’s a busy week for me I got midterms coming. This week after Fiona vote nothing much happened here on Co, I assume viewers will be more interested towards Cameron vote at KY  I kinda felt sorry for him but he dug his own grave. He played very wrong game and alienated people from himself. He definitely added some fun to game but with this sort of strategy It was so obvious that he won’t make it to merge. My plan this round If we lose I want to take out Naomi. She doesn’t talk with me and I guess she is close with Jeremy and Sergui. THEY ARE MINE! It will be awesome If she goes  Oh I nearly forgot to tell you, Lynsday and I found the idol!!! Lynds said that she left a fake code for Jeremy. hope they believe that they have the right one. The annoying thing is Jeremy didn’t share the idol code with me! That just shows that he doesn’t trust me and he shouldn’t actually because they caught me lying about idol clue. I hope he share the fake code with me soon otherwise our trust can’t reach higher levels.

Confession:
Can you believe that we actually won? haha I am so happy that we did. I can see the downfall of the Utopia! Ky wasn’t expecting this at all but we proved that we got challenge power too. First person to mention is JEREMY, he rocks on these challenges and I think he is one of the best players in the game. Honorable mention: Serg, he is also giving his best and I really like him personally. I feel like we could really get along well in real life. the problem might me with this duo: they may take us out before we take them. I know that even we get along together It won’t last till the end of the game. Marcelo plays the key role here because he can help me achieve this. He is also really fun to talk. at first I got few prejudices about him but now we really get along well. Marcelo equivalent of other side is Naomi. so only Micheal left. he is inactive so I don’t know how respectful and wise to keep him around.
Other than that Rudez is worried recently because she was not expecting these losses. She doesn’t want to depend us on this time like Season 6. She want to be in the power. She proposed me and Lynds to vote CO members before KY. This is funny because It will be stupid to do that. She tried to dictate it to Lyndsay. Now I have few doubts about Rudez, of course I am not going to vote her like I did last time but I can definitely consider my plans once again. Also I am glad to know that Lyndsay is not playing for Rudez to win because I really thought like that at the beginning. Now we are each others’ number 2’s again.( I also like B.W from KY, he deserves a mention in this confessional :D)

LEIF,

the probable repercussion of the tribe splitting is that those 2 in the minority might want to take the penalty idol thus broadening the people that will know how to get it

so many factors going into this next vote ugh
im thankfully part of majority but im concerned about what happens next round

this is probably a do or die decision for our alliance but we have to risk it either way.

im glad that went well. but i wish i was able to pull off a second rogue vote this round but no
ugh oh well i will wait later down the line
in other news i believe rudez trusts me a little bit more than usual and im glad that she does confide in me. that just puts me at a better standing with people in my alliance

JEREMY,

Confessional:
I am very happy with that challenge win. I worked super hard on that and it was an awesome fist pump moment when I finally got that right combination.
This puts my tribe in a good position. It takes a lot of pressure off of the next challenge as I imagine that we’ll be voting to merge at 12 and I feel like the majority are keen for a merge after already playing for so long. If we lose next round I think Michael will be the one voted out, especially with Cam on MGI giving Marcelo the immunity.
Also this round Sergiu has approached me for a final 2 and Naomi is keen for a final 3 with me and Sergiu. So that’s good. I think I could win in that scenario. I’ll say yes to everything but there’s plenty of game left so I’m not totally committed to that anything.
I am excited for the rest of the game.

LISTER,

NONE

LYNDSAY,

NONE

MARCELO,

NONE

MICHAEL,

NONE

NAOMI,

NONE

RENEE,

SCWL AllStars Confessional #3 Episode 8
So we just voted cameron out at the last Tribal Council. (#9)  Rudez and I have been talking alot & I have also been talking to Christian alot. Cameron was being quite negative and doing some shady things with idols. Just before the last tribal council he anounced he wanted to get the penalty idol. So Rudez came to me with the idea and said she had the numbers. We assumed Christian and Cam were close so we didn’t tell Christian.
Christian took it pretty well just wanting to make sure the original core 4 of KY were still intending on being together – which we absolutely are.
Now I’ve been talking to Rudez often as I said but she won’t Skype with me which is maddening – out of shyness she says? She and I do in fact have a F2 alliance HOWEVER I don’t completely trust her. She arranged this entire blindside of Cam all on her own. Great – fine by me. If she wants to get her hands dirty by all means be my guest. It revealed she is dangerous enough to want on my side, being both skilled in challenges and at strategic social means. But if we were able to make it to the end do I really think she’ll be loyal and can I beat her?
I had to start pondering this as we near the merge. Last night I skyped with Christian for the first time ever btw, and we had a long talk. I wanted him to know the Aitu 4 of KY “A.K.A. Kickass & Young-ish” were staying together regaurdless of the Cam vote.
I wanted to make sure he understood why we didn’t tell him and that we were solid in our core four. We discussed numbers and the possibility of a merge and who we knew on the opposing tribe. He and I both have positive history with Lister & Naomi in past games and so they are distinct possibilties. I know Lister is on my tribe but he talks to no one and is not in the core 4… surprisingly still.
After awhile of talking to Christian I realized if it came down to it, I would much rather be sitting next to him at the end of this game and offered up an F2 deal to him. He doesn’t know I’ve already made this deal with Rudez but my true loyalty is with him now and he accepted my offer and was enthusiastic about the idea.
The irony is Rudez is discussing a possible female alliance and for the first time I am actually the one who is reluctant to the idea. I been trying that angle for ages and it never works LOL! Ofcourse I’ll agree to go along with it but I don’t completely trust her still. She’s sly that one. Which inherantly makes me believe she doesn’t intend to sit at the end with me or she just knows if she did she would most likely win. I’m not playing for 2nd but if I were to sit at the end with Christian and lose I wouldn’t be bitter about it because I genuinely like him after talking with him last night.
I am precariously balancing myself between these two now – but as I said – my gut is telling me Christian is where my loyalty lays. He also seems to think Rudez and Brian have an F2 deal. Even better for me if he thinks this or better yet if it is true.
So next challenge is begining and I need to prove my value.. more shall be revealed. I’m enjoying the unity of KY and this game like I never could last time I played. The friendships and bonds that come out of playing these games – particularly yours – is unmatched and invaluable.
More to come and the fun has just begun.
DQ

RUDEZ,

Confessional:
I liked the maze challenge.. a lot!  It was essentially a balancing act and I enjoyed spending my day doing it.  Unfortunately, we weren’t able to get a perfect score of 250 points, so I’m pretty sure we lost the challenge.
The strategy was to get 260 points, 52 names and take the 10 point penalty, giving us a perfect score.  However, we couldn’t find a way to get one last O in the maze due to our insistence of ending at our own designated starting points.. so we ended up with 259 letters and 51 names.  So essentially our maximum number of points in 245.
So now, it’s just about waiting to see if CO makes a mistake.. otherwise we’re losing and going to tribal council..
What really grinds my gears is that KY has won most of the challenges, and we could realistically be going into the merge without the numbers.. this is why I hate mutinies!
Oh well, trying to be optimistic, but I’m not feeling good about it

I don’t want to vote anyone out!!!! I refuse to
I got too emotionally attached and now I want them all to stay
damn your long games and my sunny disposition

Confessional:
It’s late.. very late.. it’s so late it’s almost early!  The vote for me ends at 7am, and these last few hours are turning out to be crucial!
So I got a little paranoid.. things just weren’t feeling right, still aren’t!  So I’m trying to figure out if some move is being made against me.. So I spoke to everyone individually, and no one’s heard anything.. so that’s great.  So I’m either leaving with a unanimous vote tonight, or I’m 100% safe…
Spent the day talking to Aaron, Leif, Lister and Brian, making pro and con lists for keeping DQ or Christian.  The clear choice ended up being Christian, and the deciding factor… MGI! Well done Logan, you made it relevant!  If we keep Christian, and there’s no merge, and we lose the challenge, he gets saved 100%!
So with everything decided, and I’ve been convinced not to play an idol (please don’t be a mistake), it was time to let DQ in on the plan.. but she’s not having any of it!  So it looks like we’ll have another divided vote!  I do applaud her on her loyalty, but the numbers are elsewhere, you need to adapt or get voted out!  I’m pretty sure Christian would have no problem voting her out in the same position..
So with her limited availability, I’m about to tell her I’m voting Christian and going to bed.. and then wait and see what happens.. I did warn her.. and now probably have made an enemy out of her.. but I want to win.. and when I decided to vote out Cam, these are the consequences I knew I’d have to deal with eventually.. so be it!
I had to lie to Cam earlier.. he asked if I could save myself with the KY idol, and I told him I didn’t have it.  I think now he’s starting to believe that he got voted out with it!  Personally, I don’t want him thinking that cause he’ll be hating himself right about now.. but in the game, I need him to think it, so everyone else will too!  I hope he forgives me for this lie.. we’ll see what happens when he reads this or if I have to play the idol!
Lyndsay kinda half offered her idol to me.. that makes me happy.. just let’s me know that she is looking out for me!

Confessional:
So Christian just got ahold of me, chewed me up, and spat me out.. He found out I was voting for him, which I came online to tell him anyways, and he’s angry.. And it’s understandable to be angry, I’ve been there myself!
But once again in my ORGing career I’ve been called fake.. It’s the hazard of the way I play the game and of who I am in real life! P.S. Thank goodness I’ve never been called fake in real life!
My social game is something I knew I’d always be good at.. My entire life I’ve made friends easily, I am genuinely interested in other people’s stories, and I can talk about whatever for hours cause I love to talk..  So people feel naturally inclined towards me, and I do get attached too
So playing the social game is a strategy of mine, I do use people’s natural trust in me as an advantage in these games.. But I don’t talk to people with intention of getting them to like me so I can use them.. Do I make a conscious effort to talk to people in the game when I haven’t spoken to them in a while to keep up what we have, definitely! But I think that falls into the making friends category..
Because that’s it.. I am here to make friends! Survivor has been a part of my life for so long and I finally get to share it with others.. So I do come into games hoping I make friends and in my two games thus far I’ve made some really good ones! And have been voted out by all of them!
So, once again being attacked for being fake is takin its toll on me.. Takes me back to when Cam called me a sociopath.. It doesn’t feel nice hearing something so negative about yourself.. But I don’t know any other way to play a game about social interactions than to be as excited as I would be talking to someone irl!
So yeah, I have been struggling with emotions in this game as it is.. So right now I’m at my low.. I know Christian believes that nothing I ever did was real and that must hurt.. But I can assure you it hurts to hear that someone you thought could be a friend at the end of all this thinks so lowly of you! But he is the one being voted out and betrayed, so I’ll try my best to be understanding and not let the anger get too much to me..
I’m starting to believe that winning a game of survivor isn’t worth it anymore

SERGIU,

NONE

7.93 Round 9 Immunity Challenge

Viewers getting their first look at both tribes. . .Fiona voted out from Co, and Cameron voted out from Ky.

We are down to fourteen.

I will take back immunity from Naomi, Co, and Ky once again. One tribal immunity back up for grabs.

TRIBAL IMMUNITY CHALLENGE #10: Maze Extravaganza

Yep. It’s time for a board game–er, I mean maze. A maze. Yes, a maze.

For those of you on MGI. . .you will not have to do the maze portion of this challenge.

So, this maze will hopefully be more enjoyable than past mazes.

This maze is 19×25 (19 columns by 25 rows). I have chosen everyone’s starting square.

E5 = NAOMI AND RUDEZ
E15 = EFE AND RENEE
J5 = JEREMY AND LEIF
J10 = SERGIU AND LISTER
J15 = MICHAEL AND BRIAN
S5 = MARCELO AND CHRISTIAN
S15 = LYNDSAY AND AARON

Each person will exit their starting square and move to collect letters. You can only move by using the following format:

“MOVE: (West/East/South/North)”. Otherwise I will not count it.

e.g.

MOVE: West
MOVE: east
MOVE: SOUTH
MOVE: WeSt

If you are in E5, and you moved north, you would be in E4. If you moved south you would be in E6. If you moved east you would be in F5. If you moved west you would be in D5.

Once you have collected enough letters, you can go back to any starting square of your choosing.

You will use all of the letters collected to create as many Survivor (U.S. series) contestants’ first names and last names.

You can only use a letter for as many times as you collected that letter. For instance, if you collected 5 E’s as a tribe, you can only use the letter ‘E’ 5 times.

For each name you create, you score five points. The tribe with the most points wins immunity and is safe from the vote. You cannot be voted out from Tribal Council, and will have officially defeated half of your all-star opponents.

PENALTY IDOL REQUEST: You will cost your tribe twenty points. You have until the 9:00pm Monday eastern deadline to make the request.

TIEBREAKER: Send me five picks of rock-paper-scissors. The tribe with the most points scored after a best-of-three wins the tiebreaker. If the best-of-three is tied, your fourth pick is used as the tiebreaker match. If it is still tied, then the fifth pick is the next tiebreaker match.

– Every move must be posted in my official thread at your camp.
– You cannot edit posts.
– You are allowed to delete posts in order to fix your path for the duration of the challenge.
– You cannot combine all of your moves into one post.
– You cannot number your moves to help keep track for yourself in the thread.
– You cannot move diagonally/Jamie Lee’d. If you do, your tribe loses twenty points per infraction.
– You cannot repeat the exact same name spelling. For instance, you cannot repeat ‘Ashley’ for each time a player with that identical spelling has been used.
– If any square containing a letter is used more than once, your tribe will lose five points.
– No Virgilos, Fabios, Byrons, Juniors, Rockys, Sarges, Flickas, Cochrans, Dreamz, Frostis,  Mikey Bs, Sugars, Coaches, Shambos,  Benrys, Troyzans, Tarzans, Allies, Tashas.
– All names must be five letters or longer.
– You cannot collect more than 250 letters total. For every ten additional letters, you lose ten points.
– For each player who does not make a trip on the maze (exiting their starting square and re-entering one), your tribe loses ten points.
– Deadline for this challenge and the lame tiebreaker is 9:00pm eastern Monday. Yep, I am giving you those few extra hours because this is a maze challenge.

I will be sure to stick around online for the next two hours to answer any questions.

***

Now for the twist of this round.

For the first time this season, you can request the mission for the penalty idol. . .and be absolutely guaranteed to receive the mission.

For the past eight rounds, you had to worry about somebody else possibly requesting the mission, thus blocking both of you from receiving it.

This round, that does not matter. If you request the mission for the penalty idol, you will receive it regardless of the number of people on your tribe will request it.

Complete the mission and you could receive an idol that may prove to be crucial as we enter the second half of this game.

7.94 Round 9 Tribal Council

TRIBAL COUNCIL #10

(AARON)-(BRIAN)-(CHRISTIAN)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(RENEE)-(RUDEZ)
XXX
(GLORIA)-(EAMON)-(MORAY)-(SHERI)-(JESSICA)-(KJ)-(JASON)-(DAVE)-(HEERAL)-(FIONA)-(CAMERON)

You must answer your TC questions in order for your vote to count.

Well, just like Co, this is your third trip to Tribal Council this season. Let’s get to it.

AARON,

1. Cameron voted out at Tribal Council. The most active player in this season is voted out of this tribe. How has Cameron’s departure impacted the game?

2. Now he is on MGI and you know he will be playing every challenge possible until MGI is out of the game for good. Is this the first time where people are concerned about what goes on at MGI?

3. The vote against Cameron was not unanimous. Does that mean there is an established alliance in this tribe, or is everyone truly vulnerable in this vote?

BRIAN,

1. Tough loss at the challenge today. Your tribe will be down one member as players see a merge looming on the horizon. How has the mentality for this Tribal Council changed from the last one?

2. Do you think the player voted out this round will take it as well as Jason and Cameron have so far?

3. What happened with the challenge? How come you guys couldn’t find that 260th letter. That could have been the difference between you winning and losing the challenge.

CHRISTIAN,

1. The twist for this round is that anybody could request the penalty idol mission. Whoever did or did not take it did not change who won immunity. How are you interpreting it? Did nobody take it or did a lot of players on both tribes take it?

2. In the main group, everyone heard that Cameron supposedly gave up an idol to Fiona. A player who was on a different tribe, but was voted out before him anyway. Do you think players this season are much more willing to take risks than others in the past?

3. Will an aggressive move be made tonight?

LEIF,

1. You’ve been apart of several tribe camps in this game. Do you think a tribe that is down on numbers will value players who already have connections with players on the opposing tribe?

2. Or is it not really a big deal because this is All Stars? Everyone has relationships that date back to past seasons and other games outside of this franchise.

3. How safe do you feel heading into this round’s vote?

LISTER,

1. This tribe has done really well on challenges, but you have fallen two out of the past three challenges. Why the sudden slide?

2. Some will argue that is a momentum shift. Are you a believer in momentum when it comes to Survivor?

3. Immunity from the next TC could prove to be very valuable. Will there be any strategy behind who you send to MGI to battle Cameron in the next duel?

RENEE,

1. After this round you will have reached the halfway point of eliminations. Surprised you have made it this far?

2. Do you think everyone playing in this season is trying to play for victory or playing to simply improve on their previous finish?

3. Is there anyone in this game who you feel is being overestimated or underestimated?

RUDEZ,

1. Why should this tribe keep you safe this round?

2. At least one player from every past season has been voted out of this game over the past nine Tribal Councils. Does that show how level the skill of players are between seasons (except SCWL 3), or is it strictly coincidence?

3. What is this tribe’s biggest asset?

Okay. When you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)
REASON: Because I had to vote for someone whose name is five letters or longer lawl.

Everybody is fair game. Between now and 1:00am eastern Thursday (just under 24 hours from now), it is time to vote. Ky tribe, you’re up.

VOTING

AARON,

VOTE: (Chris)
REASON: We need a unified tribe going into the merge and I’m not sure that Chris would stick with us once we merge. I hope I’m right!

BRIAN,

Vote: (Christian)

Reason: This one stings seeing that we’ve been in this game together. Heck, I handpicked you to be on the KY tribe! But when you pitched a final 3 deal to DQ and Cam, hey that’s just not cool! You trusted Cam way too much, telling him about your idol before the rest of us and telling me you only shared your idol clues with Rudez when you also did with Cam. And you’re a good player! There’s a real concern you would have found the numbers to flip post-merge and that’s a risk we just couldn’t take. Enjoy your peanut butter pop tarts!

CHRISTIAN,

Changing my vote to Brian

000FLY000FLY000

if none of those are the idol, nuts.

LEIF,

vote: (Christian)
reason: he is the most likely threat when it comes to challenges plus hes the most likely person that cam would save if we ever lose immunity next round. and cam would def win against DQ at mgi

LISTER,

vote: (Christian)
reason: he is the most likely threat when it comes to challenges plus hes the most likely person that cam would save if we ever lose immunity next round. and cam would def win against DQ at mgi

RENEE,

VOTE: BRIAN

Because he’s a conniving t–t and a disloyal f—tard

RUDEZ,

Vote: Christian
Reason: No fluff.. you’re good at this game, and if you get further you’ll find a way to defeat me! If you stay, you’ll be saved by Cam if we lose challenges, or you’ll win individual challenges! I respect the hell out of you and your game, which is why you need to go!

VOTE REVEAL

If anybody has played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I would reveal it.
.
.
.
CHRISTIAN:
999FLY999FLY999
888FLY888FLY888
000FLY000FLY000
if none of those are the idol, nuts.
.
.
.
.
Nuts indeed. These are all fake. Nobody is immune from this vote.
.
.
Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
.
.
.
I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Christian)
.
.
.
One vote Christian.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(Brian)
.
.
.
Tied. One vote Brian, one vote Christian.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(BRIAN)
.
.
Two votes Brian, one vote Christian.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Christian)
.
.
.
Tied again. Two votes Brian, two votes Christian.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Chris)
.
.
.
Three votes Christian, two votes Brian, two votes left.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
Tenth person voted out of SCWL 7: All Stars:
.
.
.
(Christian)
.
Christian, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

7.95 Round 9 Blog

CAMERON VS HEERAL VS EAMON ON MGI

Cameron wins the duel, and wins immunity for someone who doesn’t even go to TC.

Eamon and Heeral never showed up to duel. Yeah, I know. MGI didn’t quite work out.

THE MAZE EXTRAVAGANZA THAT I DON’T EVEN REMEMBER

When I prepare to post each round online in these blogs, I tend to remember what immunity challenge was played, what twists occurred, and who went home.

This is the first time where I completely forgot what challenge was played. Even the challenge title still had me scratching my head. Once I scrolled through the rest of it, my memory was refreshed. Perhaps it demonstrates that this challenge played out smoothly. There wasn’t a ton of questions, and nothing controversial happened compared to most of my creative SCWL immunity challenges.

I think most of the time this challenge would end in a tie. Both tribes cruised through it for the most part until. . .

KY BLOWS IT

They couldn’t figure out how to get that one last crucial letter. According to Efe, Jeremy did the majority of the planning for the maze, and thus deserves the credit for Co to rally this round and defeat Ky.

Will that make him a bigger threat post-merge? Or will this help him with recovering from the past couple rounds? Him, Efe, and Marcelo all seem to have a tighter bond.

And I think we are all crazy for thinking a trio of Jeremy, Efe, and Marcelo could work together.

EFE THE BIG POWERHOUSE?

He is at the epicentre of the SCWL 6 dynamics, the Co dynamics, and doesn’t have a single player saying “Efe needs to go ASAP”. He is truly taking control and no one is catching onto Efe.

FRUSTRATION-POWER CORRELATION

Have you noticed? Every player who frustrates their allies the most happen to be the most powerful players we have watched play in these first nine rounds. Cameron is the only one to be overthrown who fits into that correlation. Marcelo, Efe, and maybe to a lesser extent Rudez have all kept their power.

IS CHRISTIAN GOING OR IS CHRISTIAN?

It’s deja vu all over again. We saw this in SCWL 5 when Spau lost an immunity challenge at 5-5, and Christian was ditched right before merge as Spau prepared to be picked off. With a potential merge on the horizon, and knowing Christian’s helpless position, I thought I was getting premonitions on how SCWL 7 would end.

Considering he was the only person other than Cam to vote for Leif, and Cam didn’t give Christian immunity, I was waiting for Christian to get the axe.

MGI’S INFLUENCE

Apparently part of the reasoning for eliminating Christian was that Cameron or someone else could help him out from MGI. Furthermore, everyone was terrified of Christian as an individual threat. If players like Brian and Rudez are frightened of you winning individual challenges, that may be the biggest compliment you could receive in the ORG universe.

. . .OR WE COULD VOTE OUT RENEE

Everyone except for Renee is in the Light Warriors alliance. Somehow Lister, Leif and Aaron have replaced permanent Ky members of Renee and Christian in the tribe’s core alliance. Again, I think Christian was pushed away from Ky at the very start because of his threat level, and Renee slipped because the others get along.

I cannot imagine Renee growing up playing Final Fantasy games or trading pokemon cards. Lister, Leif, and Aaron on the other hand probably have more in common with Brian and Rudez.

Which is something I have not elaborated upon until now. I think it is what makes Renee a fascinating player amongst a group of major video game nerds. This is something Renee frequently complained about in SCWL 4. In fact, this was a conversation we had prior to her signing up for All Stars.

“It’s not just going to be a bunch of anime and video game based challenges right?”

Which is why it doesn’t shock me when you have a tribe full of video gamers, a math professor, and a science teacher. This is why Renee could relate to Christian the most whose interests probably lie more on common ground.

It might be why Christian and KJ worked well together in other ORGs. Christian knows how to relate to all demographics in games.

COUNTERING TO VOTE BRIAN?

I was shocked to see Brian as the decoy boot. Christian going after Brian? I s’pose others lied to Christian and set up his name to be on the block or Renee was the only one willing to vote with Christian, and that is who she wanted out the most.

The tribe severely underestimated how much Renee wanted to keep in fellow Ky OG Christian, and Brian would be forced to pay for it with a couple of past votes.

This is perhaps Brian’s only misstep in this game or SCWL 2 overall. In SCWL 2, he was a victim of a rock solid alliance and Marcelo flipping at merge. It’s tough to hold flushing his own idol against him.

But this may be the only time where he sacrifices a strong position.

And of course, a tribe with an outsider when you are down 7-6 entering merge could prove to be disastrous. . .or the perfect thing to lure the majority tribe into shaking up the game.

CHRISTIAN VOTED OFF TO HAVE A DUEL WITH CAMERON

Renee (and her rather vicious vote reasoning) and Christian vote Brian, but Light Warriors oust Christian. Christian knew it was coming due to him playing a trillion fake idols, but he could not be saved.

I have wanted at least one season of Christian making merge to see what he could do, but sadly it was not meant to be.

He was a huge presence in challenges to help Ky win multiple times, but strategically and confessional-wise, he wasn’t much of a presence. That’s not to say he was not active in strategizing, but nobody other than Renee or Christian ever considered taking him far. He was never in the important circles.

So in the list of surprises for All Stars’ legacies, Christian being a character not really acknowledged until this round and last round may be one of the bigger ones. He will have to settle for that huge idol play he made in pre-merge of SCWL 5, and made it the most exciting round for MGI.

P.S. Sadly Branden wasn’t brought back for Christian to frustrate him and make him quit again.

13 LEFT? CO UP? WILL WE MERGE? WILL THE JURY START? MGI? ALLIANCES? PRE-GAME BONDS? SEASON BASED BONDS?

Oh god. So many variables on the horizon. Both tribes appear to have outsiders seeking to shake up their position. SCWL 6 players are armed with idols. Naomi is glued to her Mutiny Trigger. Co has majority, but only one unanimous voteout of Fiona to help them out. Can Michael’s SCWL 2 bonds or inactivity hurt them?

We have a ton of big names still left in this cast. It attests to how deep our cast is here for All Stars. We have lost a ton of players viewed as challenge/strategic/social threats along the way, but many more still remain.

And they’re ready to duke it out. I can assure you this will be a very fun finish.

NOBODY TOOK THE ROGUE IDOL MISSION

Yeah. Only one player is associated with the rogue idol mission down the road. It comes up once more fairly soon, and then you can put the rogue idol out of your mind. I don’t mean to spoil your fun, but just giving you the heads up to not expect much from this twist.

7.96 Round 9 Boot List Prediction

13: RENEE
12: SERGIU
11: JEREMY
10: AARON
09: MICHAEL
08: EFE
07: MARCELO
06: NAOMI
05: LEIF
04: LISTER
03: BRIAN
02: LYNDSAY
01: RUDEZ

7.97 Next Time on SCWL. . .

– Ky returns from Tribal Council, and disharmony strikes the tribe for the first time this season as Renee questions the decision to vote out Christian.
– And it couldn’t come at a worse time as both tribes prepare to vote on a merge. Will Co have the upper hand with its 7-6 advantage?

– But with only two SCWL 2 players out of the game, Michael and Marcelo consider joining the SCWL 2 members of Ky to turn the game on its head.

– A rare challenge error by the host grants one player unexpectedly with immunity. Did he fool the host or was it by accident?
– And a final duel on MGI between Cameron and Christian could set up one player with a very powerful item.

7.9E SCWL 7 Pre-Merge Exit Interviews

EAMON EXIT INTERVIEW

Needless to say it’s been a while since you were voted out of SCWL All Stars. But yet here we are. Keep in mind each of the first nine episodes have been uploaded online in case you need a refresher.

1) Initially you were supposed to play Day Zero with Shyam, but was replaced by Jason. Did you ever get a chance to interact with Jason?

Yes. But we never talk anything about strategy though. Shyam and I had this major conflict in our original season, and I don’t think I will talk any strategy with him too. It’s not that I hold grudge or anything, but I never really get to know him on personal level.

2) On Opening Day, you were picked to be apart of a tribe that had Cameron, Gloria, and Sergiu. Did you feel confident in that tribe at the time?

With Gloria and Sergiu, yes. Cameron, however, was a mistake. I mean, I thought the kid was honest and all but I was wrong. I didn’t get to see how he played in his season, so I have no idea actually.

3) When did you get wind that Cameron was suspicious of you, Gloria, and Sergiu having a pre-game alliance?

As soon as the first 10 minutes we talk to each other. And Sergiu and Gloria told me the same.

4) Do you think Cameron would have been safe with you guys long term and made Su the dominating tribe if he had stayed true to your tribe?

Nah, had he not have that immunity on the first tribal, he would be out first. That immunity basically saved him.

5) Were Cameron’s suspicions correct that the three of you had a pre-game alliance?

Yeap. I was planning to get the tribe as the strong 4. Efe told me that he is a loose cannon so be careful, and that’s when I decided to be careful with him.

6) At the first Tribal Council, Gloria goes home and Su is dissolved. The three of you are split apart. However, your new tribe Pa, loses again. Cameron isn’t even at TC, but is targeting you. Did you expect to be a target as early as round two?

Look, I didn’t show my true claws like I did in my early years of playing ORGs. I am known for my vicious, sarcastic words to those who do bad things for me in that time. I was told that Cameron is suffering some kind of a syndrome, so I thought it would be wise to just let the things go. Plus, I learned a lot of things on how ORGS can influence people in their real life, having hosting my own ORG kingdom and analyze how things work, the relationship between internet and real life persona.

7) And in an insane 7-6-1 vote, you go to MGI. Marcelo ultimately screwed you over along with Leif’s rogue vote for Jason. Any hard feelings there?

I’m over it. Those people are paranoid as hell. And basically deep down, I disagree with the whole Sheri things. She shouldn’t come, send her vote, and then dissapear, only to screw me over and then getting voted out later on herself. It’s like a Jihad, you know.

8) Then you stay on MGI for the next seven or eight rounds. In fact the player who kicks you off of MGI is Cameron. Every round you always chose to save Sergiu. Do you think protecting Sergiu with immunity every round pre-merge helped him or made him a bigger target?

I didn’t see Cameron as my competition. The reason why I stayed in MGI for that long is that Sergiu was the one who helped me to stay there, also for his benefits to gain the immunity. And side note, I was on a vacation that time. I basically have no interest of talking or competing with Cameron because it just doesn’t worth my time. He is not my worthy opponent.

9) You won a lot of those duels by default. There was also a duel where you and Heeral split one necklace apiece to protect Sergiu and Naomi, respectively. Did MGI seem as dull and uneventful as it was portrayed?

It’s dull yeah. It’ll be a different story if it’s a redemption island. There’s no use for players to be bitter and stay alive in there, doing challenges and knowing nothing will change the results for them.

10) Why did you fight so hard to protect Sergiu for so long?

Because that kid needs to win ORG. He’s one of the best players i’ve seen in this ORG world that played strategic games, did everything to make the game interesting, but somehow never win.

11) Do you think you would have lasted longer if the Bottom 3 Tribes Go To TC Twist was not in play?

Lots of players inside your game are those who have their own cliche, ORG-que relationship, pre game alliance doesnt even suit to the description. Heeral, Lister, Naomi, etc. But if anything, I think having a tribe with just 4 people from the get go is the worst. You don’t have many options there. Basically just A and B. 50/50 chance. Either you go with the right one, or you’re in the wrong side. Adding the twist of dissolving the tribe if one of the members get voted out make it even worse.

12) Cameron ultimately doomed you with a fake screencap. What is the biggest regret you have in terms of not being able to target Cam’s vendetta against you?

Look, like I said before. I don’t fight with people who are not in the same health conditions with me. It’s not right. I don’t wanna fight with him because it just doesn’t feel right. Internet is probably his only source of fun, well if making all these things put a smile on his face, then I’m glad to help.

13) Sheri was about six hours from being ejected, thus saving you from TC. When Sheri posts at TC, suddenly everyone is scrambling, and the target fell on you in that 7-6-1 vote. Do you think if Sheri posted earlier, that you would have had enough time to scramble? And would Sheri’s ejection be enough to let you recover from Cam targeting you?

Enough with Cameron. He wasn’t the mastermind there. It was Marcelo. Marcelo deserves a better highlight than him.

14) If you have any other thoughts, please share.

I don’t care about winning ORGs. I play online game mainly because to get to know people from all around the world. I already won ORG from my very first try and I noticed there’s nothing really good after that. However, if there’s good amount of money on the line, then probably you will see the true game face of mine.

On behalf of the production crew for SCWL All Stars, we thank you for playing this game.

You are very much welcome, Mr.Logan.

MORAY EXIT INTERVIEW

I’m not going to lie, Moray. This will be a short exit interview for you compared to SCWL 5. Keep in mind each of the first nine episodes have been uploaded online in case you need a refresher.

1) You signed up for this game knowing you would be moving about one week or so before the start of the season. How did the circumstances change to where you did not get Internet as early as you anticipated? Is it tough to get cable and Internet repairpersons in the UK?

Well, I was supposed to have internet switching over almost immediately, however this ended up being delayed due to the previous tenants having the wrong type of broadband connector thingy. Then on the very same day the internet was up and running, my laptop decided to have a bitchattack and get itself sent in for repairs for two weeks. Awesome!

2) What would have been your strategy if you were around to play?

Probably to pull an Amber. Just sit tight and do f— all, and hope that everyone else’s egos would be their downfall.

3) Do you think you would have done well given the cast?

Definitely not. I’d have not made the merge. Unless I was ridiculously, disgustingly lucky.

4) Does it trouble you that you become just the second of three people to be ejected from SCWL for inactivity?

If I’m honest, not really. It is what it is. Not your fault, not my fault. Just … circumstances.

5) After seeing the game play out, are you glad that you were unavailable to spend countless hours on the game?

I guess so. To be honest, my social life has majorly improved since moving to the city. I can actually get to/from work in 15 minutes, rather than the hour and a half it used to take. It frees up my time and living in a city means there’s more to do.

6) If you have any other thoughts, please share.

It’s a shame.

On behalf of the production crew for SCWL All Stars, we mourn your initial Internet woes!

JESSICA EXIT INTERVIEW

Well, there’s going to be a decent interview for once after sending questions to two inactive players.

Considering how aggressively you played Jessica, this will be one of the more interesting pre-merge exit interviews.

1) One of the main reasons why you were adamant to play in All Stars was because you wanted to revamp yourgame in a more proactive light. Do you think you overcompensated for that throughout this game?

I could have over compensated but i cant be mad b/c i improved on what i did which the perception was nothing so i had a plan and i got caught up in the twists. there was too many ppl i wanted to work with and i tried to have my cake and eat it too. i probably did over compensate in the fact that if i just layed low i probably could have gone to themerge at least b/c i was so non threatening the first time

2) But first you started out Week Zero with Heeral and Renee. Incidentally, the only representatives from SCWL 4. Can you describe what the dynamic was like in the first week with Renee and Heeral? Ithought there was a chance you three could run this game.

i mean it was alot of heeraland i doing it well at least i talked to heeral the most. I have always wanted to work with heeral and given the chance we could have done damage in this game. renee, there was just something that told me she wasnt going to work with me b/c of survive war and the past game despite what she said. so i was always looking out but looking at how the game played out, i could have possibly beat her just b/c I expected more from her final tribal because she is a big player and a big personality.

3) How shocked were you that you couldn’t play against Andrew? Everyone from SCWL 4 wanted a piece of him. Do you think Andrew was truly unavailable to play, or do you think he was dodging a potential early exit?

i think orgs got the best of andrew, i was sad not to play with him but i understand b/c i havec played with him in another game and the same thing happened to him that happened our season. he is like me in that we both are too loyal for our own good and loyalty can blind a person. I think andrew would have been used for his challlenge strength but as soon as there was a chance, he would have been gone

4) You picked up The Gambler on Opening Day. It played a huge part in SCWL 6. Did you think about it at all during your time in the game?

i didnt really think about it b/c it was too risky especially knowing my tribe was not good at challenges, it was kinda confusing. It was something that i didnt want to worry about if i probably wasnt going to use it

5) You seemed to have a tight bond with Ow captain Marcelo. Particularly with the usage of the Medallion of Power. What was the deal there?

Marcelo had approached me very early that he liked rhap and wanted to work with me, so i knew i had that connection icould work. he also didnt really know of any stigma i had in the org commuity so it was a good pairing plus he was close to dave. i would have stuck with him for as long as i could b/c i felt i could beat him.

6) Your tribe, Ac, which had Efe, Aaron, and Fiona was a really tight group. Did the six-tribe format truly screw you guys over? Because it seemed like the four of you would never break apart.

Because it seemed like the four of you would never break apart. we didnt really talk to fiona but she seemed willing to stay with us. i think the format did hurt us b/c we were constantly in tribal councils and we were on different scjedules so we were constantly at tribal. we wanted to work with different ppl. efe wanted to work with the OW ppl, aaron and i wanted to work with heeral. i think if we had the chance we would have stuck together just bc no one really on the tribe was as cisco would say was “shady”

7) But you did terrible in two of three challenges as a tribe. Was the difference in time zones that big of a deal? Even though other tribes were spread out in terms of time zones, too?

yes i think it did hurt us b/c we really only a couple of people online at a time to do the challenge. we didnt have the benefit of everything working together

8) At the first Tribal Council, Ac was caught in the middle between Su’s Gloria and Ow’s KJ. What led to you siding with Ow (and Cameron) to take out Gloria?

I knew i could work with marcelo and he didnt have alot of connections seemingly so he would be loyal to me. I had a feeling our tribes would be together at tribal again. Glo was an easy boot and Cameron was already talking to us. i think it was what efe and aaron wanted too. i honestly dont remember specifics too well of why.

10) Were you surprised you were a huge threat when you didn’t even send Eamon packing to MGI?

i wasnt surpsied too much bc i had a lot of connections and could go either way and i tried to talk to alot of people to ensure no matter what i could work with someone. its kinda like the christy vote or sarah vote on the actual show, people just vote out the swing vote. its not always the person who is the loudest who goes home but a threat can be someone who talks to alot of people.

11) Sheri showed up to vote Eamon, then was ejected during the challenge along with Moray. If Sheri showed up for a challenge but didn’t vote at TC, you would have been saved from TC. Does that show you how one tiny variable can change up the entire course of the season?

ya i mean luck is a huge factor in this game and s— happens.

12) You barely lose the third challenge because Rudez used The Tiebreaker for Ky. If Rudez didn’t use it, were the other two tribes going to send a Ky member home?

god i dont know maybe, i know i wanted to work with rudez but idk would i have been at tribal? but thinking now, that would have made sense. it probably would have been a cluster eff

13) But instead you guys head to TC for the third time in a row. The target for who to vote changed several times at that TC. Especially a plan which involved booting Leif. What made everyone safe as you and Heeral decided to have another showdown?

i didnt want to show down with heeral. first off lief was being shady and telling what was going on or it was jason. the only reason i was agreeing to the acow thread wsa because you dont pull a penner and tell someone no. i wanted to work with heeral that round, aaron wanted to work with heeral and fiona and efe were down for it but jason or lief throuhg us under the bus. i think i even did damage control on marcelo when i was going to vote against OW. its just when heeral got the information last minute she changed the plan and the only play i had was to try and flip the vote on heeral.

14) Are you and Heeral capable of working together in a game? Last time you two were on the same tribe but faced off at eight. This time you were on opposite tribes but faced off regardless when Heeral showed up to TC for the first time. What’s the chemistry like there?

Heeral and i are good. We worked together in the class and we can definitly work together in another game. im pretty sure we are at the point that we can be honest with eachother and talk like normal. i mean she stayed at my house a bunch of times this summer and we have hung out alot so im pretty sure we are close.

15) Do you think the twist of having three tribes go to TC together doomed bigger threats in the game? Or do you think you, Gloria, and Eamon all deserved your own eliminations?

eamon’s was definitly a blindside, he probably didnt have to go home. for me, i wanted to have my cake and eat it too.

16) You’re the first person who was eliminated that I get to ask this: Is a fifteen-person TC as painful as it sounds?

no its not that bad.

17) Do you think holding Medallion of Power and The Gambler simultaneously led to your elimination?

no i dont think people took that stuff too seriously

18) Do you feel happier with how you played this game compared to SCWL 4? Does that mean you ultimately accomplished your objective for All Stars?

ya i think i accomplished my goal of going out playing my hardest. i learned alot of myself and to find a medium ground when i play

19) If you have any other thoughts, please share.

On behalf of the production crew for SCWL All Stars, we thank you for playing this game!

EDITOR’S NOTE: Jessica tragically had no other thoughts to share. All of her thoughts had been used.

JASON EXIT INTERVIEW

1) Because of the huge number of characters from SCWL 5 already accepting the invitation for All Stars, you were not initially on the returning players list. Do you think there was anybody from SCWL 5 who you should have been considered before they were? Other than Moray, of course.

I don’t think so, I don’t think I preformed nearly as well in that season as I would’ve liked, the pagonging was terrible

2) However, you always made your interest in playing in All Stars well-known. How surprised were you to receive the invite on short notice after Shyam dropped out during Week Zero?

I was so surprised, SCWL was the best ORG I had played, so I wanted to play again

3) You’re the first person from the assumed pre-game alliance of you, Heeral, Naomi, and Lister to be eliminated. Was there anything going on between the four of you? You’re the first to get a chance to set the record straight on that now that the season is done.

lister and I were pretty close on Pa, but I was never aligned with Heeral or Naomi

4) On Opening Day, you were the final member to be picked for the Pa tribe–Naomi, Dave, Lister, and you. Did you expect to be the top tribe in every challenge with that crew?

I definitely thought we would be the strongest tribe

5) Were you creating any bonds at the time with players from the opposing tribes? Because Naomi, Dave, and Lister certainly were. The only interaction you appeared to have up to that point was with Eamon during Week Zero.

I think I was focusing too much on keeping the pa group safe, rather than making sure just myself was safe.

6) During the second TC, I had it listed that you voted for Eamon, and that Jessica voted for Fiona. This didn’t make much sense because Jessica really needed Fiona out, and Eamon was on your tribe, in addition to you having a confessional about how you were feeling bad voting for Fiona. If I figured that correctly, you said you voted Fiona because you couldn’t do the obvious vote in All Stars. Can you clarify what that means exactly?

I’m not sure I understand the question

EDITOR’S NOTE: If Logan knew how to get to the point without pre-amble, the question would be “When you voted for Fiona and said ‘this is All Stars, can’t do the obvious’, what did you mean by that”?

7) Leif rogue voted for you. Did you ever find out it was Leif who rogue voted you at TC?

I had a couple people tell me if was Leif

8) You are on Ky, and win in challenges three and four. I believe you sat out one of these challenges, and fade overall. This was because of exams, yes?

it wasn’t exams, my boyfriend and I started dating around then, so I just didn’t have much time to commit to ORGS

9) Were you disappointed that your exams overlapped with All Stars? Because you weren’t really on anyone’s radar. Naomi and Heeral were the top two for who were going to take the fall for the assumed pre-game alliance.

I couldn’t believe it happened when it did, i was looking forward to this game so much, but life just got in the way I guess 😛

10) In round five, the maze challenge. Naomi wins, and sends Ky to their first TC. You and Lister were both drafted from Ky at the start of round three. Aaron was drafted at the start of round four. However, you were the target. Even if you were active, do you think you were doomed to go? Christian, Rudez, Brian, and Renee were the original members, and Cam joined the tribe at the start of round two.

if I wasn’t gone at that tribal, I would’ve been gone at the next, it was looking grim from the start

11) 8-0. Completely unanimous. It’s been a very long time since someone was sent home with eight votes or more in SCWL. I think the last time we had an 8-0 count was Kevin in SCWL 2, and Brenda left 7-0 in SCWL 5. How does it feel to be apart of that group?

it’s a little embarrassing, but I mean, I preformed poorly, so you get out what you put in

12) Nothing else to ask, really. You didn’t send in too many confessionals, so feel free to elaborate what your game plan was behind the scenes, and if you had made any bonds we didn’t get to see. If you have any other thoughts on this game, please share.

I just planned on kind of going with the flow, I knew there were much bigger fish to fry than myself, so i thought I’d be able to get through for a while while the bigger players got picked off

On behalf of the production crew for SCWL All Stars, we wish you good luck in your future!

DAVE EXIT INTERVIEW

So. . .you didn’t quite have the experience as you did in SCWL 2. Time to re-live it?

1) For the first time in an exit interview, I get to ask about events that were happening back in SCWL 3. I heard two years ago that you were already making pre-game alliances with players in preparations for All Stars. I think Cam was the only one who was trying to make bonds with players from other casts before the All Star invite was even sent. Did you find these bonds helping you out at the start of the game?

I don’t think I made any bonds with anyone outside my original season, I don’t remember trying to make pre-game alliances before getting my invite to All Stars.

2) There were a huge number of people from SCWL 2. I know there was supposed to be an unofficial SCWL 2 alliance being made. Particularly during Week Zero when you were working with Marcelo and Michael. At what point did the SCWL 2 bonds start breaking down? Because we see the split occurring very early on.

Because we see the split occurring very early on. I suppose the Ooc bonds began breaking down due to Marcelo being utterly and completely unreliable and Michael not really playing. My feelings of consternation and frustration only served to make matters worse for myself. I continued to bond well with the other Season 2ers; Lister, Brian, Eamon and Leif, though.

3) Because you had been away from the ORG world for nearly two years, many players were unfamiliar to you. Who pleasantly surprised you the most? And who else on the other end of that spectrum?

I was most pleasantly surprised by Gloria and Fiona.

4) You lose the Opening Day challenge. In fact, you didn’t even finish as one of the six captains. Is that when you started worrying that you may not be the top dog in challenges anymore?

I did not try to win challenges unless I absolutely had to. Trying to minimize my challenge threat level was at the forefront of my thought process at this point in the game.

EDITOR’S NOTE: Dog pun intentional.

5) And how much different is it to play as the guy who won’t be the challenge whore, but yet has had a series long reputation as one of them?

It sucks. I learned you can’t really shake off that kind of reputation, even if it’s no longer true. Being good at challenges in SCWL All Stars essentially came down to “Who has the most time on their hands?” so I really didn’t have an edge over anybody.

6) Speaking of challenge whores, the only other established SCWL challenge whore was Andrew, and he declined the invite. I thought you were doomed because you needed Andrew as a source of balance. Do you think Andrew’s absence made you stick out more from the beginning?

I don’t think so.

7) There was controversy over which tribe would draft you on Opening Day. Naomi drafted you before Marcelo could, and I believe that made you worry. Did getting picked by Naomi on day one damage trust with some of your allies at the beginning?

Yes, Marcelo’s paranoia was sparked the moment Naomi picked me and he became completely impossible to work with. Naomi however, ended up being a very cordial person who I enjoyed working with.

8) I’ve already beaten the subject of the first TC to death with other eliminated players, so we’ll skip to the second round’s TC. You guys lose after the Weakest Link banking fiasco. Marcelo goes against your wishes, votes out Eamon because of Cameron’s two-part vendetta against his original Su tribe, and Leif prevents a 7-7 tie because he rogue voted. It led to one of your biggest reactions I had seen from you in SCWL. Several months have now passed. Is your reaction still as strong now as it was then?

I’ve calmed down quite a bit since then haha. At that point I was totally into the game. I had a white board set up with everybody’s names and relationships written on it. I was determined to win despite enormous obstacles I was up against. The moment I learned that I had zero control over these crazy people, and that they were on a different level of rational than I was, I think I lost it a bit. Yelled at my computer screen, pounded my fist on my desk. I had a completely infantile response, I’m embarrassed to admit. After that moment, I had to remind myself it’s just a game, and sometimes you get dealt a s— hand and you just have to suck it up and try to lose gracefully.

9) In an odd twist, the guy who eliminated your tribe is the one who drafts you to be on Ow–Marcelo. You, Marcelo, Michael, and Leif were on Ow as KJ and the soon-to-be ejected Sheri were together on a tribe. Was the plan to go after Marcelo at that point, or were you still trying to trust him?

At that point I was laughing at the ridiculous situation I was in.

10) Sheri gets ejected with Moray, everybody except Ky goes to TC because Marcelo blatantly helps you out at a challenge in camp, and you vote Jessica instead of Heeral. Your vote reasoning was because she was close to Marcelo. Do you think eliminating Jessica put Marcelo on your side again?

Nope, but I didn’t see any other options at that point. It seemed to me that Jessica had complete control over Marcelo and everybody was on board to vote her out.

11) Round four. Fiona, the SCWL 1 challenge beast, joins your tribe. You guys lose because Marcelo took individual immunity. He said you guys were all crazy for not taking individual immunity, and even refused to vote as KJ goes home 3-2-0 at the hands of you, Michael, and Leif. Why KJ over Fiona? All you say in your reasoning is that you were trying to stay alive.

I didn’t care which one went home, but I remember being worried my tribe might turn on me at that point.

12) You said you used the two fake idols because you didn’t know if Marcelo was trying to mess you for his own amusement or was doing it out of genuine strategy. So. . .what’s the verdict on Marcelo’s motives for how he dealt with you? From Betty White to taking individual immunity to sticking with Jessica early on.

I think Marcelo was trying to play the game in the best way that he knew how, which happens to involve screwing over your main alliance as much as possible. It made it more than a little difficult to work with him, but I did my best.

13) It’s the start of round five. I remember this clearly because after round three I was thinking “Dave will be a huge target at merge, but is in a safe spot. I thought the multi-tribe TC twist for the opening three rounds was when you would be the most vulnerable. A lot of people were aligned with you, and liked you a lot. Were you under that impression too?

I was really struggling to get a good idea of the total dynamic at this point. I was hoping that everybody wanted to work with me, but I was getting some mixed messages.

14) The maze challenge. Brian tries to help you guys out, but Michael screws you guys over. It doesn’t matter anyway because Naomi wins and chooses to send Ky to TC. That 5-person tribe was perfect for you guys. Co and Ky wanted to send each other to TC, and you had connections with the leaders on both sides. Did you wish the “winning tribe chooses who goes to TC” occurred every round?

Sure, that would probably have let my tribe coast for a while.

15) Then the ever infamous mutiny in round six. You lead your own mutiny charge. . .but the mutiny wasn’t the only charge involved. Your cell phone crapped out on you, and suddenly the SCWL 2 players all hop to Co before you could recover. Was that your most infuriating SCWL experience?

No, I already told you about my most infuriating moment. At this point, I knew I was screwed and I thought that this was a pretty hilarious final nail in the coffin.

16) And the planned challenge for the round did not help you out much more. You and Fiona were done because the other tribes worked to put a ton of time into the challenge. One thing doesn’t add up, though. All four of you were intending to mutiny from the start, knowing one person would be rejected. Why not set it up so one person is silly enough not to mutiny and get stuck with Fiona?

I actually didn’t realize one person would be rejected. That rule unfortunately dawned on me much too late.

17) Now for the shocker. You and Fiona lose, but I was 150-200 percent confident that Fiona was going. Everyone liked you, and we both know Fiona was not getting along with anybody in the entire game. KJ and Sheri were both gone, leaving her with a mix of past enemies and players who she had yet to interact with fully. Did you do anything embarrassing in hindsight like telling Fiona “I’m sorry it has to happen this way”, or were you still worried about an idol?

At that point I remember being confused and thinking it was funny what a ridiculous situation I was in.

18) Then the stunner. Cameron plays an idol for Fiona. Two players with zero interaction in the ORG universe, and never speak again after this TC. Take me through that, and the helplessness in the final 24 hours of your game.

I felt incredibly relieved to be done with the experience. I erased my whiteboard and went back to real life.

19) As I said at the end of TC, that was easily the saddest TC I ever experienced. There was a tribal mix-up scheduled next round, and you probably are in a prime position to make a deep run in this game. Do you think Cam’s move single-handedly made the difference between surviving one round and being guaranteed another ten rounds at the least?

No, I could’ve been voted out next for all I know.

20) How do you sum up this experience overall? And what are your thoughts on some of the newer SCWL characters that you interacted with in SCWL? Such as Cam who appears to be the person most responsible for the majority of eliminations up to this point.

Coming into it, I was looking forward to competing in a lot of fun challenges and working with lots of cool people, but unfortunately I never had that experience. Still, I learned a lot about how much luck is a factor for every winner and every loser and how much time and effort some people are willing to put into these things.

21) Again, Dave, on a public and personal note, it’s been a real pleasure having you apart of the SCWL universe. You need to travel out west to the Okanagan one of these days! I also introduced my ex at the time to Thwomp one week before I asked her out, so thank your brother for me as I somewhat owe him for leading me to my first relationship. Enjoy the dog days of summer. Heh, a pun.

Thanks Logan! You continue to be a fantastic and incredibly hard-working host, and I really appreciated the experience!

FIONA EXIT INTERVIEW

SCWL 7 was certainly a wild ride for you. It has been nearly four months since you were voted out, and it is finally time to discuss it. Episodes 1-10 are currently posted on the WordPress blog.

1) You were very withdrawn from the ORG universe after SCWL 1. Your return just happened to coincide with filming for SCWL 7 (KJ’s Veteran’s Island was filming at the time). What was the mindset going into this season? Did you anticipate some of the players you might see?

Prior to the season starting, I was quite excited, but, when I seen the people on my tribe, I knew my time was going to be short lived.

2) Players who have been around in the ORG community for 5-14 years tend to have strong opinions on newer players. Not only were there newer players, but people who only played 1-3 games total due to not liking the ORG format outside of SCWL. How was that different from seeing the same faces over and over like back in the day?

It was different seeing so many new faces, but, that also hurt my game as they all had relationships for being in the game together.

3) Some of these opinions coincide with RHAP Intern-turned ORG player Jessica Frey, dominant newbie-turned eternal threat Heeral, and other really strong 20-something year old female players. I mentioned this in my blog a couple of times, but do you think it is tough for you to get along with 20-something female players who play an equally aggressive game as you? Because we had players like Naomi too, and major social threat Renee who were in the mix as well.

The young girls are so threatened by the older women that they wont even consider playing with us. Given their ages too, they spend more hours online than I have ever done, they skype and chat all the time, and that is hard to compete with. Like I know that someone was skyping with Jessicas friend and she was in the room when they said they were voting her out, hard to compete with that going on.

4) Before we launch into more specific game-related questions, I have to bash you over the head with this question that I asked you numerous times: You made it to F4 of SCWL 1 by only visiting seven TCs. In SCWL 7, you barely make it to 15th by going to seven out of a possible eight TCs. Were you just not on your A-game this season or not quite feeling the atmosphere?

Both, the tribe I was on made it hard for me as I didnt feel part of it.

5) When it comes to all of the confessionals, idol hunting, and the huge number of mind games being played, you were relatively left out of it. Do you think ignoring those aspects helped you or hurt you in this game?

Probably hurt, I hate confessionals as I have been burned in other games with the hosts obviously using them to help their friends out, not that you would do that, but, yeah, I just dont do them for that reason. Idol hunting, not enough time.

Mind games, I tried my own, but, my heart wasnt really in it.

6) Week Zero you teamed up with Aaron. How was that experience? Especially after you and Aaron were on Supa together, but yet you were the one who voted him out before?

Being with Aaron sucked, he was as lazy then as he was before.

7) The original Opening Day pick em had 25 of you split between six tribes. You were the 23rd pick. Were you stunned that your stock dropped that low? KJ was 22nd pick. The veterans just didn’t seem to have much expected from them, and it showed as you and KJ lost many challenges during the season.

I wasnt really surprised as I hardly knew anyone, but, from there I knew the game was pretty hopeless for me.

8) But the Ac tribe functioned well. You, Jessica, Aaron, and Efe did well. You went to TC both times to vote out Gloria and Eamon, but overall you guys appeared to be dark horses to do well long term.

I honestly cant remember.

9) We have to talk about the second vote. KJ tells Kodi to convince Sheri to log on and avoid ejection. She does, and TC is held. It’s a 7-6-1 vote as you receive six votes while Eamon receives seven. Cam saves you guys in round one by turning against Su, and here in round two he fakes a screencap to boot Eamon. Do you attribute your survival more to Cam than you do to yourself for that wild TC?

Oh yeah, Cam was awesome and scary!

10) Round three comes and Ac fails to take out Heeral as Jessica is voted out. I know Leif was on the table as a target. How come Co and Ac couldn’t agree to boot Leif from Ow?

I have no idea.

11) And once Ac was dissolved, and you were drafted by Marcelo onto Ow, do you think that essentially game over for you? Because it was four people from SCWL 2 with you and KJ.

Yup, I was dead in the water.

12) Marcelo sends you guys to TC in round four thanks to taking individual immunity. Was that a way for you, Dave, and others to bond? Because Dave, Leif, and Michael were all furious with Marcelo earlier in the game. It looked like you guys would have been willing to visit TC again just to eliminate him.

I cant remember.

13) You and KJ voted Leif because he “was a dick”. Leif always comes off quiet and likeable. Nobody else has said a bad word about Leif in SCWL 2 or this game. Care to elaborate why you thought he wasn’t a nice guy?

I cant remember what happened>

14) But what may have been an even more dickish move was Marcelo refusing to vote as a 3-2-0 vote sends KJ home. Your thoughts on why the others decided to save you instead of KJ?

Maybe becasue her wins are greater than mine, so, she was more of a threat to them.

15) We can skip to round six. Everyone decides to mutiny to Co except for you from Ow. I know you said you felt out of the loop when talking to your tribemates. The Ow camp was definitely the quietest out of the remaining three tribes. Can you describe what bonds were you forming after KJ’s elimination on Ow? You don’t seem the type to take things lying down.

From memory, I think it went down when I was asleep and by the time I got a msg to mutiny it was too late.

16) So, Dave screws up and is stuck on Ow with you. Did you know that Dave led the mutiny charge to Co, but his cell phone battery died and prevented him from jumping?

I dont remember, but, pretty sure I didnt know that he led it.

17) So it’s the two biggest challenge dominators taking on two other tribes. Ow has a chance to win. However, the schedules you guys had during SCWL 1 and 2 prevent you from winning. How much has your life truly changed since SCWL 1?

My life has changed enormously. My son has been diagnosed with Aspergers and as you know my daughter has Autism, BUT, its all good, I am no longer stuck at home all the time because of ASD, we go out and lead “normal” lives and deal with the ASD if it crops up, we dont allow it to limit our lives. So, I dont spend as much time online to “escape” or have respite. My marriage almost collapsed becasue of the relationships I formed in the ORG community, the major reason I stepped away. I have been through major stress at work with one workmate trying to have me fired because of a few FB statuses, she failed. I broke my tailbone in March last year and have been in pain ever since.

18) We go to TC. You and Dave. Saddest TC ever. Everyone knows you have more past votes. Once again Cameron descends from the Heavens and helps you escape yet another vote. He gives you his own idol to protect you, and thus eliminate Dave. Did you have to do anything to get that idol from him? Or was it pretty much “here you go, Fee. Save yourself and knock out a threat”.

He pretty much just gave it up to me, I actually tried to talk him out of it, but, he insisted, and I was grateful.

19) You get added to Co following Opening Day 2.0. You, Marcelo, and Michael are the outsiders as the six-person core of Co should pick you guys off. Michael is immune. You and Marcelo are targeted, but the vote is split because Marcelo may have an idol even though he doesn’t. It’s going to be a 3-3-3 vote. Sergiu fails to vote, and it turns into 3-3-2-0. You’re safe as you only get two votes. How the heck did you survive that?

I have no clue, well, yes, if Sergiu had voted I would have gone home.

20) Then the re-vote comes and somehow Ow comes together along with Efe and Lyndsay to eliminate Heeral in a 4-3 vote. Correct me if I’m wrong, but was that the strangest voting bloc ever? On what planet do you, Michael, Efe, and Lyndsay chat together to take out Heeral?

I think I may have convinced them that Heeral was the ORG sweetheart and that ppl needed to grow balls and take her out because she was a huge threat, I was surprised when they actually did it, it was probably the best moment in the game for me.

21) A twist from SCWL 0, a game that was played two years before SCWL 1, has two immunity challenges played simultaneously. Each tribe wins/loses one. You go to TC. If former Ow sticks together, and swing Efe the four of you will have a permanent majority. Instead you and Michael turn against each other. Was his inactivity more threatening to your survival? Or were there no other options because nobody was willing to take out Naomi or Jeremy that round?

I think after losing Heeral, Naomi pulled rank and everyone was convinced that she had an idol.

22) You go home 6-1. Despite finishing 15th, correct me if I’m wrong, but I count five of six Tribal Councils where you were very very very close to being eliminated. How did you last so long for being one inch from death? And why did they boot you over Michael?

I got lucky, I lasted longer than I thought I would. s to why me over Michael??? It was pretty dumb, but, I suspect that Naomi led the charge and being the current queen bee, they were too scared to go against her.

23) Since then, I believe you have been out of the ORG community. Have you truly moved on, or is there a part of you that thinks you can compete and do well once more in a different game?

I tried another FB game, think I lasted 3 rounds. I still love the games and am playing one off of FB, I dont have the passion for them that I once did, and I think that is because I cant form the relationships that are needed.

On behalf of the SCWL crew, and on a personal level, we thank you for playing this series, Fee.

 

CAMERON EXIT INTERVIEW

Yes Cameron. It’s time.

1) SCWL 6 was your first online game. You put everything into it. There are very few players who have played an online Survivor game as actively as you did in SCWL 6. You played hard for so long only to have it end in a devastating fashion. What motivated you to come back and be ready to play your second game in only a matter of days?

“You played hard for so long only to have it end in a devastating fashion” really sums it up. I was the laughingstock of the entire ORG universe, and I let two assholes and DeAnna get to the end to everyone else’s behest because I got caught up in the cumulation of a few miserable months. I wanted to set things right and show I was capable of playing and wanted to make some really incredible s— happen, to the point where it became more of a focus than winning.

2) I know you researched all of the seasons. Days after Dave was voted out of SCWL 2, he was seeking connections for All Stars. You were the only other player I could recall who did the same. That’s not to say others weren’t preparing for All Stars, but just not as quickly as you two were.

Agh, he was? Wow, I feel even worse than ever about Dave’s downfall. That actually really makes me sad, knowing how dedicated Dave was to this one game over three years and I just shanked him like a total bitch-ass. Also, otherwise, thanks for the statement.

3) From researching all seven seasons, what stuck to you most about the players overall? Any surprises regarding who did or did not participate in All Stars which changed your game plan?

The players overall were actually ones you wouldn’t often find in ORGs other than this, and if they were, they weren’t long for their games. Much like SCWL6, the Angels and Warrens of the game were K.O.’d early and more rookies that either launched from there or never played many games from there would get far. I did expect to see Andrew MacAskill show up because he seemed pretty legendary, considering runners-up usually just get demolished at the end other than Sergiu. Despite losing 7-2 he also seemed like a chill guy so part of me hoped to work with him but considering I had about 25,000 pre-game alliances I shrugged it off. I think I got about 10 of the castmates right but I didn’t expect their to be 25, and there was a significant chunk I missed.

4) And were you doing research to anticipate some of the twists that were coming? Many players just shrugged and had no real idea what to expect.

focus. I really noticed that every season you’d done up until that point (and to some degree, still hasn’t overly broached) ended in some form of Pagonging where the weaker tribe was mostly devoured by the majority, then the majority dished it out. Even if it was roundabout like with SCWL6’s counteralliance self-destruction where the Not-Actually-the-Alamo sort of Foa-Foa’d their way to the end, it usually ended that way. I wanted there to be a change in that, to make this season some actually entertaining fun.

5) Week Zero was you and Efe. How was spending time with Efe? Or would you have preferred Nick?

Efe was useless. Nick was equally useless because he didn’t show up, but I feel like we’re on much better terms than Efe, who is kind of a jackass. Nick will usually work with you and/or call it a good game. Efe goes into Ponderosa and calls people sociopaths despite having played on a season where the game was run by the world’s worst sociopath.

6) Unlike other exit interviews, there really aren’t too many questions to ask you because you sent in enough confessionals to cover your thoughts as the game progressed. Was there anyone else who you wish would have sent in more confessionals during the game?

“There aren’t really too many questions to ask you” 33 questions isn’t too many?

I really wish we’d heard from Christian! I thought he was a total badass who had such a great view on the game; he’s the kind of villain-type character I wish we’d have seen in SCWL6 rather than the actual awful people. The puzzle he did showed it; it’s hard-to-impossible to be a hero in a game about deception, but you can at least be a decent person about your villainy. I waited all season for this character to be discovered and he showed none of it, which bummed me out from a storytelling perspective.

EDITOR’S NOTE: I should have disregarded that question. I came up with more that I knew Cam would elaborate upon as opposed to, say, Sheri or Moray.

7) In the beginning, you were the first tribe captain on Opening Day. You picked Glo, Glo picked Eamon, and Eamon picked Sergiu. Why Gloria first?

For a few moments before she drove me off the deep end, Gloria and I were working together. We agreed that she’d pick a person I wanted and I’d tell them to pick a person Glo wanted. I figured Glo would be trustworthy and someone who would keep me sane. Turns out Gloria is both insane and untrustworthy. I do love her to death, though.

8) You immediately thought that Gloria, Eamon, and Sergiu had a pre-game alliance. Will a confirmation or a denial by them change your mind either way? Or are you absolutely certain they had a pre-game deal that did not include you?

I’ll tell you what swayed me. Gloria was supposed to pick Lyndsay, but instead she picked Eamon. Then Eamon picked Sergiu. By the time it got back to me via Lyn that Glo/Serg/E were an alliance, it really made perfect sense. I mean, if they were to say right now that they didn’t, then they have no reason to lie unless they’re assholes, but in the game I don’t think I can be faulted for taking the evidence and acting upon it.

9) First TC you target your own tribe by selling out Gloria. Why Gloria as opposed to Eamon or Sergiu?

Well, I’ll put it this way… Glo is… really hard to talk to. If the slightest thing went wrong, she would send a flood of apologies/reassurances/tell-me-to-chill-out even if I just said “hey, can we talk about this?” It was a wall of crazy that meant I couldn’t reason with her even over the damn weather. On the flip-side, Eamon and Sergiu were comparatively easy to talk to. Turns out Sergiu is an asshole and Eamon is vindictive, but hey. I also knew Eamon had beef with almost the entire SCWL2 cast and that he would be targeted regardless, and that Sergiu and I could talk and it’d at least seem rational. I also knew that Glo was more likely to share time-zones with others than E and Serg, meaning she’d be more sympatico on challenges than the other two, and considering we lost because all four of us were on four corners of the same planet, that might be a problem.

10) It seems to be a wise move because you get to be on a tribe with Rudez, Christian, Renee, and Brian. Is there any other tribe where you think you could have had more power, or lasted longer in the game?

Nope. One of my options I kept working on just in case was a SCWL6 alliance, which at that point was all I had. I thought (albeit was wrong) that Rudez and I were the world’s most solid F2 alliance. Day and Night, best alliance name ever. Christian was someone I thought I could work with and hide behind. Brian was a really chill guy. Renee seemed pretty easy malleable. So yeah, I could say “maybe if AC took me, I could have done some damage” but really, KY was the tribe I wanted to go to because they were killin’ it and it had people I could work with on it. That was a lot of the reason I wanted to destroy the useless SU anyways; they couldn’t do challenges. KY could.

11) Do you think Gloria stays if not for your influence on that vote?

Probably. There was no reason to target us. We sucked, we were on different timezones, and there were about fifty other grudges/bigger threats. I mean, there was an ORG host who apparently won 752 ORGs in her lifetime, and there was the other SCWL2 slippery bastard, for starters. We had a crazy Survivor hag, the black sheep of SCWL2, the guy who gave away immunity, and unassuming Sergiu.

12) You rogue voted Marcelo with the intent of framing Eamon for it. So I’m guessing you were working on getting Eamon out by the first TC?

That actually came up later, but I did want to at least have a valid reason for it, and to be able to keep heat on Eamon after we all became minorities of 1.

13) And at what point did you put aside your quest for the rogue idol?

When I became paranoid about my fate every single Tribal I went to.

14) In the second TC, you eliminate beloved ORG host, soccer fan, and yatncast host Eamon without even voting TC. Were you surprised that you got your way for the second TC? I mean, Sheri was hours from being ejected and thus canceling TC and dissolving Marcelo’s tribe. Furthermore, you had three tribes visiting who all had their own plans, including an Efe or Leif boot.

I honestly couldn’t believe it worked. I had been working closely with Jessica Frey, and had an in with Marcelo who hated Eamon. The fake screenshot was a longshot but I figured it’d give Marcelo ammunition. I personally saw nothing immoral about fake screenshots but the ORG community had and continued to disillusion me pretty quickly about personal morals. My intent was to save Efe because he was my Day 0 partner, and I knew he was in trouble. However, I had no vote and no in other than a f—ton of lies. I wanted a big move but there was no way that should have worked.

15) Eamon goes to MGI and saves your only remaining loose end from Su–Sergiu. Did you consider Eamon staying active just to save Sergiu round after round after round? Eamon doesn’t get booted from MGI until you show up.

Sergiu wasn’t on my tribe, so I didn’t really care. We sort of drifted apart after that. The only time it came into play was during the Heeral vote, where we couldn’t vote out Sergiu. I wanted Naomi or Heeral out more regardless, because they were huge social threats.

16) We tried the first ever puzzle idol this season. Lyndsay would have had it if not for her faulty puzzle. Instead you receive it. Do you think you would have been better off long term if Lyndsay had indeed claimed it?

I think my head was on the line regardless, and I wouldn’t have been able to make #bigmovezzzzzzz without it so, no regrets there.

17) A ton of fake idols were produced because of you claiming the puzzle idol. Were you aware how many players thought they may have claimed it until comparing fake codes with one another?

Lmfao, not a goddamn clue. That s— was hilarious.

18) In round three, Ky is the only one out of four tribes to be immune thanks to Rudez’s Tiebreaker. Any involvement with that decision?

Not at all. That was majestic.

19) Sheri and Moray are ejected. Missed not being able to play with either of them?

I didn’t overly miss them or look out for them, but I was sad that others wouldn’t even get the chance to play in a freakin’ All-Stars season. I made some Sheri jokes, but she was a nice lady. Moray is pretty awesome.

20) Jessica goes round three. Is that the first TC where you were free of influence?

It was the first my influence meant f—all. I was hoping to get Heeral out, as I had heard that she had connections with other people in the game. I now know better, thanks to Clark’s Web of Lies and being associated with DeAnna, that being friends doesn’t mean you’re allies, so yeah. Regardless, my plan failed, and we lost Jessica, which sucks because working with her was a blast.

21) Round four. You have a big dilemma regarding the Dark Knight challenge. Take individual immunity and send your tribe to TC, or avoid individual immunity and protect the tribe. What was the discussion like at all three camps?

Oh man, there was so much crosstalk of alliances- the Lister/Jason/Heeral/Naomi one (disproven), the SCWL2 one (proven) that I was concerned we were outnumbered and I’d be taken out. That’s when we accidentally got the misquote that “Rudez would be my sixth” if I flipped for my own safety, when I meant that I would pass Rudez off as part of that alliance, after which we’d coast and s— and then take over the game like the badass pair we weren’t. Rudez thought I meant that she’d be 6th place, which I wouldn’t say because that’d mean I’d be 5th, but what’s done was done.

22) I know you were close to Marcelo by this point. Did you convince him to take the necklace?

Marcelo will try to say it was part of his mastah plan, but I honestly believe he was somehow both an idiot and a genius at once. This was him being his paranoid Marcelo self. I told him people were targeting him there, and he took the necklace. I don’t know how connected those two were, but I do believe to a point that they were.

23) KJ goes 3-2-0. Is this the first TC where you weren’t apart of TC planning at all? How did KJ leaving fit into your game?

I learned KJ was the best ORGer ever after this game. Here, she wasn’t really a factor to me. I had nothing significant to do with that vote.

24) Round five. The infamous board game challenge from SCWL 6. This time you guys lose as Naomi sends your tribe to TC. Still unhappy about it now as you were then?

I still firmly believe that challenge is too luck-based to put such high-stakes on. Naomi didn’t win, the CO tribe just happened to s— out a better set of coordinates than we did.

25) Jason goes 8-0. Why did you hold off on a rogue vote this time?

Blinding paranoia.

26) I think this was the round where you were offered to mutiny in round six. You mutinied last season, but not this time. Why?

Despite my paranoia I still thought I had it good on this tribe, and we were hoping to get people. Instead we had the second biggest exodus in history aside from the f—in’ Jews leaving Egypt with all of OW jumping ship, which still cracks my s— up.

27) You win, but Dave and Fiona lose. Dave is in a good spot as many players want to align with him. Fiona is not as popular, and has been not quite as active and happy with the game as others. Neither of them have had much to do with you up to this point. You have an idol. Fiona has more past votes and will go home. But. . .you save Fiona. Dave goes as everyone is stunned. What do you think about your decision to use it then, and your decision as of now?

I think it was another of my #bigmovezzzzz, in my effort to shock the audience, host, and cast. I wanted Fiona on my side and I’d have gotten it, had things worked out. But if I had wheels, I’d be a wagon. I can see how it led to my demise, but the fact that I actually got the reaction I wanted makes me happy I did it. Again, I just regret having hurt Dave so much; that’s not why I play ORGs, to hurt people.

28) Do you think that was a game breaker for you? Because up to that point you were playing really well for someone who stuck out their neck repeatedly round after round. It was a move none of your tribemates wanted you to make, and even Fiona appeared to be shocked by this. What changes if you don’t make that move?

I still go out anyways because of all my connections and a level of sticking my dick into foreign affairs that would inspire the George Carlin routine about war. I was clearly on the outside of the Mad Scientists alliance and was played to think I was in. KY outplayed me and I wasn’t resisting at all.

29) Now to the Quoridor controversy. What are your thoughts on it after seeing how it played out between you and Sergiu?

Stiiiiill bulls—. I mean I guess apparently there’s ways that a grid is usually designated to go towards but I didn’t know I’d have to look on Wikipedia about graphs of that nature to find out. Apparently the problem was more Brian screwed the pooch (or whoever I was with) than that issue, though.

30) You go to TC. You initially target Lister, but vote Leif. Everyone except Christian votes you. Do you count it as a blindside?

I kinda figured it was happening after Rudez kind of got cryptic with me, so I wasn’t overly sad. I got as much done as I figured I would and a lot done that I wanted (the Heeral vote didn’t even come up in the interview? That s— was awesome and I feel was my third contrived #bigmovezzzzz) so I didn’t feel as crushed as I did in SCWL6 or even Web of Lies down the road.

31) And was there anything you could have done to counter it? Because in the episodes that blindside was being prepared for you for the past few rounds.

I kinda dug my own grave for a long time coming, and in the back of mind I knew I was playing more Danger than Anthony Weiner, and probably f—ing more people than he was, so the best I could have done was kept the idol and played it, and I was too snowed over to even do that.

32) You head to MGI. One player will receive individual immunity from the TC of their choosing. Why did you give the reward to Rudez who voted you out as opposed to Marcelo?

A lot of reasons, but most prevalently because Rudez largely delivered on her promise to keep me sane so I could enjoy the game, was honest with me after I was voted out, and was ultimately the one true friend I made in this experience. That isn’t to say I don’t like and consider people like Christian and Brian friends, but Rudez I feel is a legitimate friend. The one time I feel like she let me down is when she broadcasted my actual emotional struggle in a confessional come Episode 4, which I’d asked her not to do seeing how humiliated my issues last time left me, but even that we were able to recover from that. And I like that we clash, that we argue, and that we are able to move on. It’s very real, and I think (and hope she’d respond in kind) she’s a friend I’d keep around for a long time. I mean, yeah I wanted a KY in the minority to win, I wouldn’t give it to Marcelo because at this point I considered Marcelo dumb and slimy, and I figured Rudez had the balls to know how to use it properly, but it was a legitimate thank-you for being the one lifeline I had through two intense seasons of SCWL.)

33) And thus ends your role in the game. Again, thanks Cameron for playing SCWL 6 and SCWL 7 very hard. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

Not a fan of DQ, although I’ve expressed this. There are floaters I feel did a good job, but to really sell the job of a floater, you should be more likable or a better sell than whoever you’re with, and DQ was just… kind of a joke. I feel like I’ve been harsh with my teasing of her, but she does nothing for me. I took her as a joke character in the beginning, and in the recaps she’s kind of been shown to be an ass especially towards Brian. She hasn’t really disproved that for me, whereas I can kind of buy Marcelo’s argument of weaponizing his idiocy. You should hire a co-host to serve as an intern that can post the things and tally the things when you are busy with life; the one real complaint I had towards the game (aside from the BS F3 twist and the incessant immunity snarking) was that it does drag on kind of slow and gets delayed a lot. I feel like having an apprentice just do some of the grunt work when you cannot would work wonders. Regardless, I enjoyed playing 7, I’m excited to see how #8 goes (and I plan on trying to recruit a few people; I have to see how Angie Combs does in SCWL), and I hope you can get the underdog winner this series deserves in the future. On behalf of the production crew for SCWL 7, we thank you for playing this game!

On behalf of the production crew for SCWL 7, we thank you for playing this game!

 

You didn’t send in too many confessionals throughout the game. Perhaps now we get to hear your thoughts?

I swear, confessionals are my Achilles heel.

1) You, Eamon, and Moray were the only three to finish worse than ninth and be brought back. Surprised you were that memorable and that strong of the earlier jury boots to be brought back for All Stars?

I’ll indulge in some ego-stroking… not at all. I knew I made a hell of an impression in my debut game. I knew I did enough to make some of the vets go “who the hell is this guy?” in a good way.

2) I know SCWL 5 was your first game. After that you posted a series of strong endgame finishes, including a trip to F2 with KJ in multiple games. Did you two have some sort of deal entering the game? With KJ?

Not at all….. just like those other games with KJ.

3) And how worried were you that your reputation could boot you early?

I figured I was still a nobody compared to the other people, and I could skate by as long as I poulled my weight in the tribe portion.

4) Your original tribe was Renee, Brian, and Rudez. Any other tribe with SCWL 5 players always had two together. Did that worry you?

Believe it or not, no. Some of that safety I felt may have been because I was picked third… which surprised the heck outta me.

5) I know there was discussion of a Betrayers alliance. Could you go into detail about that and any other alliance bonds you were making?

I’m not sure I know or remember this Betrayers thing.

The only bonds I was working on was with my tribe. These were people I had never played with before.

Sure I threw messages out to everyone I could, but the spark wasn’t there to get something really going.

6) Let’s dive into the main game here. You were the only player in the whole cast who solved The Breaks puzzle. How the heck did you see that?

My Dad’s a DJ, and he made me one. He also gave me an appreciation for eighties music. That song is one of my favorite songs thanks to him, and is actually in my ipod. I saw the sentence start to look like that, but doubted myself. Once you gave the hint, I had sentence portion figured out in what… five minutes? (Rudez took care of splicing them together!)

7) Because you were the only original Ky member to be voted out pre-merge, we rarely see you in the game after round one due to lack of TC visits. Were there any major bonds we didn’t get to see during the game?

I don’t think so. I talked more to DQ and and Rudez towards the end.

8) In round two, Cam joins your tribe (Eamon goes). What value did you see in Cam? Because later on you are the only one who does not agree to blindside him out of the game.

Cam was strong. That’s all I knew… besides the one thing he’s mainly known for in this particular game that involves immunity idols. Afterwards, I found I enjoyed talking to him. I enjoyed more watching him talk in public. It was like watching an ORG version of Jonathan Penner. He proved to be a strong member of the tribe.

9) Were you aware how close he was to the other players in the game? Specifically his relationship to Rudez on your tribe.

I knew a bit, since Cam chose to trust me with the info. As for Rudez, I can’t remember what he said rergading her.

10) In round three, Aaron was added to your tribe (Jessica goes). With each time a new player was added, how much did that factor into your game? Again, most of the Ky confessionals are from Cam’s, Rudez’s, and Brian’s perspective who sent in a TON of confessionals. Renee even sent in a few. Round after round I kept wondering “I know Christian is playing hard, but no one else is really mentioning him in their confessionals. What is he doing?”

I was more or less laying low and pulling my weight. Any dark or deviant thoughts I shared with Cam and DQ, the children of darkness.

11) Were you involved in anything that was going on at the other tribes? Because KJ is gone by round four. I know players were saying you wanted to draft KJ if Ow was going to be dissolved. I had nothing to do with the other tribes. But my deal was indeed wanting to draft stronger players. I wanted to win-win-win the tribe challenges. 12) In round five, Jason is voted out unanimously. Did it seem as straighforward and obvious as it appears when it is an 8-0 vote against your only inactive Ky member?

It appeared that way, and so that’s how I took it when talking to the others.

13) The board game challenge led to a Co victory, and they sent you guys to TC thanks to Naomi. Did Naomi discuss this decision with you as a fellow Spau member? Or were you out of the loop with Co’s inner workings?

I was out of the loop.

14) Round six. You had the choice to mutiny. Were you aware three players from Ow were heading to Co? Did you think about repeating your mutiny from SCWL 5?

The last mutiny I took part in was part of the plan. Not so much this time.

15) But you didn’t have an idol this time. Were you aware of where idols were in the game? I know you claimed Ky’s fake idol. Speaking of which, did you think that idol was real? Brian and others thought you were fooled.

I knew about Cam’s. That was it. I never thought my idol was real, but I figured being honest about it would cement trust with my tribe. Everyone was around when I said it likely wasn’t the idol. I suppose that doesn’t make as good a narrative as “This dude was totally fooled!” when doing confessionals.

16) Any regrets over not deciding to mutiny? You had more SCWL 5 players to work with on Co as Jeremy, Sergiu, and Naomi were all alive in the game too.

Those three had no incentive to team with me, and I had nothing of value to offer them that they didn’t already have with their respective teams.

17) End of round six leads to Cameron playing the puzzle idol on Fiona, thus sending Dave home. Did you have anything to do with this decision? If Cam held onto it, could you and Cam rally against the Warriors of Light alliance?

I encouraged it when Cam asked me about it. It was fun. I like fun.

…I can see why I was voted out now.

18) Let’s talk about Warriors of Light. The start of round seven is Opening Day 2.0. Rudez picks you FIRST. You pick Brian. Brian picks Cam. Cam picks Renee, then Lister, then Aaron, then Leif. Shocked to see that despite being two of first three picked, that you and Cam were two of three not apart of the Warriors of Light?

Not really.

19) What’s your take on Lister and Leif being on your now eight person tribe? Did you sense everyone was looking at you as a challenge threat?

I’ve never been viewed as a challenge threat….ever. So that thought never crossed my mind.

20) Was there anyone else in the game you would have preferred to be on Ky instead of another Ky member at the time?

I don’t believe so.

21) Round eight. It’s Quoridor, and you win over Jeremy to redeem yourself from SCWL 5. How fun was it to beat Jeremy at that challenge? I swear you guys operate at a whole new level when playing that challenge. Was there anyone on your tribe who was responsible for that win too? Other than Rudez who I would be shocked to hear wasn’t apart of that challenge.

That challenge was fun and frustrating. Thank you for the help, Rudez. She was humongous for us.

22) But Cameron-Sergiu’s fight results in controversy and sends you guys to one TC. You and Cam vote Leif. Everyone else votes Cam. How blindsided were you, and do you think they made a mistake? In fact, did you make a mistake?

I was pretty blindsided, but I felt I took it well. If I didn’t react, it would have looked fishy, but if I reacted too much, it would have killed me completely. I felt my response was appropriate. Turns out I was boned either way. I don’t think they made a mistake. Cameron was chaos-Cam. And it’s not like I didn’t encourage him when he told me about his ideas.

23) Now your back is really against the wall. Sure, no original Ky has been gone yet, but you were the only one left out. It’s a maze and letter building. You, Rudez, and Brian lead the tribe into a rare loss to Co. Ky will enter the merge in the minority, but you’re already the lone outsider of the tribe. If you win that challenge, you make the merge. What were you going to do if that was a win and you entered the merge as a Ky outsider?

I still would have been loyal to Ky if they had let me into the fold. I’ve never been the Cochran type.

24) But you lost. You play numerous fake idols. Did you expect any of them to be real?

Hell no. That was me grasping at air.

25) It’s time for TC. You initially vote Aaron, but change your vote to Brian. You’re not alone, however. There is only one player on Ky who is not a Warrior of Light–Renee. She wants Brian out. Did you have a close relationship with Renee before that vote? And how come she didn’t tell you about eliminating Cam? Do you think you two would have worked together with Co post-merge and perhaps take over the game?

I had dealings with Renee two other times. Once was in a game, but we didn’t see eye-to-eye much. The second was a game she hosted. She didn’t tell me because she didn’t want to sabotage her chances with the others. I understand that. I believe we would have worked together. As for taking over the game… I have no idea.I still think DQ would have wound up in the end, and I’d be out. It’s funny, in a way, I got some measure of “revenge”. Those votes came back to bite Brian in the butt, but I think DQ got slightly more satisfaction out of it. She was actually angrier than me!

26) You are voted out 5-2. Some said that Cam would have saved you next round with immunity from MGI. Do you think if MGI had not existed that you would have been spared? And do you believe Cam would have awarded you immunity?

I think Cam might have. I should have pressed the issue. But no, I think I was a goner despite MGI.

27) For the second time in a row, you are eliminated in the last vote before the merge. Both times it results in your tribe being down one member upon entering the individual phase. How does it feel to have that distinction?

It is what it is, yes? But I’m honored that I was viewed as this threat.

28) If you have any other thoughts regarding the experience/challenges/strategy/playing from behind, please share.

I loved it all. You have some of the best games out there, Logan. And you have some of the best players. Hoo Rah. LONG LIVE KY!

On behalf of the production crew for SCWL, we thank you for playing this game! Just send in more confessionals and vote reasonings next time, won’t you?

I promise I will!

7.100 Round 9 Summary

SU—

Dissolved.

PA—

Dissolved.

CO—(3 tribal idol clues)

1. JEREMY BELL

2. LYNDSAY SHERRY

Drafted from SU 3rd: SERGIU ZABLAU

Drafted from Pa 2nd: NAOMI SOWARD (Mutiny Trigger)

Drafted from Ac 2nd: EFE KARANISOGLU

Mutinied from Ow: MARCELO CAMPOS (1 TC strike)

Mutinied from Ow, went to MGI, then re-joined Co: MICHAEL GRAGA

OW—

AC—

Dissolved.

KY— (7 tribal idol clues)

1. RUDEZ MERKS

2. BRIAN WHITEHEAD

3. RENEE DQ HIGLEY

Drafted from Pa 1st: LISTER POTTER III

Received from Ac by default: AARON FRAZEE

Mutinied from Ow then Picked by Ky: LEIF BORNALES

MGI—

15th Place West Coaster: CAMERON JOHNSON (SCWL 6–4th place)

14th Place Mixmaster: CHRISTIAN FUENTES (SCWL 5–10th place)

OUT:

25th Place Goddess: GLORIA QUERY (SCWL 5–5th place)

24th Place Malaysian: EAMON JAWATIN (SCWL 2–11th place)

23rd Place Scottish Fellow: MORAY JAMES (Ejected) (SCWL 5–11th place)

22nd Place Mama: SHERI MARTINEZ (Ejected) (SCWL 3–9th place)

20th Place Initially: KJ BOCK (SCWL 3–6th place)

21st Place Intern: JESSICA FREY (The Gambler + Medallion of Power) (SCWL 4–3rd place)

19th Place Student: JASON STEPHENS (SCWL 5–6th place)

18th Place Albertan: DAVE BRONSON (SCWL 2–3rd place)

17th Place Hindu: Heeral Desai (SCWL 4–8th place)

16th Place 70s Television Fan: FIONA “SMITH” (SCWL 1–4th place)

Date: April 18 to April 24

Twist #1: Players vote on whether or not they would like to merge and/or start the jury phase.

Results: Players agree to begin the merge (11-0) and start the jury (8-5).

Twist #2: Last two players on MGI will duel. The final survivor of MGI will give a valuable item to one of the remaining thirteen.

Results: Cameron beats Christian. He gives the item to Rudez.

Immunity Challenge XI: Sports Day (SCWL 6)

Results: Jeremy probably wins, but Logan is an idiot and Michael’s submission was confusing to the point he earned the victory. Rule change is coming for next Sports Day. -_-

Voted Out: Aaron

Vote Count: 8-4-1 (Aaron-DQ-Marcelo)

7.101 Previously on SCWL. . .

– Before SCWL 7 went on a ridiculous four week hiatus as if it was the 2006 NCAA March Madness break, two tribes had been fighting it out for the past nine rounds.
– After the first six rounds, both tribes only went to Tribal Council once each, and the other four tribes were dissolved in the process.
– Their first head-to-head battle was in round seven. Ky won their sixth challenge of the season as Co would go to Tribal Council.
– A tribe thought to be controlled by Sergiu, Heeral, Naomi, and Jeremy attempted to split the vote between newly acquired players Marcelo and Fiona.
– But Marcelo, Fiona, and their fellow outsider Michael managed to use the 3-3-2 split vote to their advantage, as in the re-vote Heeral would be dethroned, and Marcelo was saved.
– In round eight, it was revealed two tribal immunities would be up for grabs. Each tribe won one apiece, and with Naomi being immune, Sergiu or Jeremy should be in trouble.
– But Efe and Lyndsay flipped back to help Naomi, Jeremy, and Sergiu, which would send Fiona to the rail.
– For Ky, a hit strictly organized by Brian and Rudez, the Mad Scientists, created the Warriors of Light to take out Cameron. Cam’s influences on the game would not be over as he is sent to MGI.
– In the following round, a rare but significant slip up by the Ky tribe would send them to Tribal Council, thus making the numbers 7-6. A quiet but lethal threat, Christian, would be voted out right before the merge as everyone feared what he would do after the merge.
– But Christian’s vote did not go smoothly. Renee discovered the plan, and attempted to eliminate Brian. With already being down one member to Co, the five Warriors of Light may be in a rough spot.
– However, in an all-star game where pre-game dynamics and inter-tribal relationships are in play, tribal lines could be absolutely meaningless.
– Tonight, the players vote on a merge and the jury. The individual stage should begin, and one last duel on MGI will decide which player will receive a big advantage in the post-merge phase of the game.
13 are left; who will be voted out tonight?

7.102 SCWL 7 Round 10 Confessionals

AARON,

NONE

BRIAN,

“We can be our f2 and [Lyndsay and Rudez] can be their f2″- Efe Karanisoğlu

Round 10 Confessional: Ah, my sports day challenge! I swept the UFC picks which I don’t follow and watched 2 7 point favorites fall at home in the NBA playoffs which I put at the worst possible places in my list…ah well time to vote…I tried throwing DQ’s name out there and if it works, awesome and if not, craziness ensues…maybe for my own sake I should analyze the alliance threads that I’m in today!

SCWL 2 Super Badass Alliance(Me, Lister, Leif, Marcelo, Mike, Dave(honorary)) Yup, we dug up a thread that had been dormant since opening day…the hope here is that Mike and Marcelo will look out for us and maybe even flip! The Light Warriors (Me, Rudez, Leif, Lister, Aaron) Basically Ky…excitement is ensuing in this thread as Rudez is trying to get Leif to admit he took the penalty but he won’t…ultimately it’s a win if DQ goes, but better if people will flip to us outright. Zero Day (Triforce) Alliance (Me, Lister, Leif) A nice core if either of the above 2 alliances succeed. Not sure we care which one actually does.

The Betrayers (Me, Rudez, Lyndsay, Efe) So named not because we are betraying our original tribes, but because we’ve all betrayed each other in past games! I feel like I have final 2 deals with everyone here, although the Lyndsay one is more of a joke one. I’m really not sure how close they are to Sergiu and Jeremy, so we really need to be careful. Mad Scientists (Me, Rudez) The one that is going to the end!

EFE,

ConfessioN: I love Merge! It’s a whole another game with different dynamics. It’s gonna be intense and fun at the same time. We are going into merge with higher number of people so on the paper we outnumber Ky but in reality god knows what will happen.

It’s the first merge vote and sth gonna happen for sure. First to make it clear I am staying loyal to Co, no flipping this time. I believe that I have a better chance with them for now.

I am not sure about jury votes, I don’t want jury to begin because smo I don’t know from Ky at all i.e. Lister will get to know who will win the game. I wouldn’t prefer that. Today Rudez and Brian talked to me about merge. Rudez is little worried because she is experiencing the same scenario. We told her that wait until 2 Ky members left and then we will flip.

Well that’s exactly what we told her at S6 and then we didn’t so she totally has the right to doubt us. However, this time I meant it. She said to me that she doesn’t want to be dependent on us and she blamed me that I will make her 7th this time. Then she proposed an amazingly humanitarian strategy based on equality. Utopic strategy from the member of Utopic tribe (sorry Rud) but It was SO wrong for my OWN game plan.

Why would I make the numbers of Ky and Co people in the game while Co has the numbers. This plan shows distrust against me and I didn’t like the way she approached me. Yet the big blow didn’t come, Brian and I started to chat. It was same distrust and I said that I can do nothing to prove that I will be loyal to them when the time comes. After I rejected flipping ( maybe I could seem agreeing at that moment, I am not sure I did the best ), He then very openly threatened me by saying; Ok, I’ll trust you guys…just saying that if somebody else from Co wants to flip before you guys do, things may have to work out differently, but I’ll still keep me eyes out for you anyway!… WELL I said do your best and I will gladly be dependent on you because I trust you. I am still amazed how he can threaten me this easy.

It made me think that smo from Co is gonna flip but I am not expecting. We continued to talk and he once again explained his distrust with these words; Maybe I’m still a little afraid after DRC. DRC was Kodi’s org and I was the tribe captain (yeah I can be good at some challenges) and I picked Brian first then he betrayed me and screwed my game. I think I should be the one who should be little afraid after all Anyway I am looking forward to merge!

JEREMY,

NONE

LEIF,

its gonna be interesting should we merge its not gonna be clear cut and dry and hopefully its not gonna be co vs ky. i dont think its gonna be like that at all so it should be an interesting merge the light warriors i feel is gonna be a strong alliance going into merge and i feel like co will be fractured so it would be easy for us to find cracks in that tribe

oh i forgot to mention a couple rounds ago that i solidified my final 2 with lister all we need to do now is dismantle co apart, and keep this 5 strong

so sergiu promises to keep me safe but cant promise me f2 lol so why would i want to work with someone who just wants me long enough so he can vote me out? u just dont go up and tell someone hey i wanna work with you but i cant promise you f2. like ok. so what am i supposed to do? just wait till i get voted out? no way..

well its gonna be a weird merge as there are a lot of connections and alliances are in play. I am hoping to tap into the OW alliance again and maybe an s2 alliance but im currently in a Ky alliance with the rest of Ky minus DQ. I am also thinking of getting the SF together for a mini alliance and there’s Sergiu which wants to align for having worked well together in another game. It’s gonna be a crazy merge.

so yeah like 2 alliances are at work right now, the s2 alliance and the Ky Alliance. oh and even the Ow alliance which is just a mini version of the s2 alliance plus I solidified the Day Zero alliance with Lister and Brian and revealing to them my attempt to getting the rogue idol

ok that was 4 lol

the common denominator in all these alliances is that the Day Zero (Triforce) Alliance is in most of them which is what i want at this point so that we can be in control in all these mixed alliances.

Vote: (sergiu) Reason: attempting to get my second rogue vote

note to self, Jeremy has the Co idol

LISTER,

NONE

LYNDSAY,

NONE

MARCELO,

NONE

MICHAEL,

So, what’s new…

Dave is gone, that sucks. He was my final 2 homie. Sucks that great players go down early.

Most people left I like, Cameron was really the only guy I wanted out. I’m in an alliance with Sergiu, efe, Marcelo, Naomi, Lindsay, and Jeremy. They’re cool but I feel like I’m only close to Sergiu. I might try to target him if I need to. Marcelo is still close to me as far as I know. Season 2 alliance still has 5 members, so were close to a majority. Hopefully we can make it happen.

This vote is hard, I don’t know if I should vote with Sergiu and co, or go against and try to boot one of them. We shall see soon I guess

NAOMI,

NONE

RENEE,

NONE

RUDEZ,

Round 10 Confessional: So I woke up this morning to anger from DQ. She asked if she was voting out, and I said yes knowing that she already knew. She then proceeded to call me fake and make threats to my game and just really blew up. And it was ridiculous, this is a game, don’t take things so personally!

I’m really starting to doubt the calibre of these all stars.. they’re surprised that I’m here to play a game and will say what I need to to get to the end of the game?? I’m surprised that they’re not playing at all!

And why in the hell would you trust the sweet girl who’s friends with everyone? That is the FIRST person I would target in a game.. and in my first game that’s the first person I did target.. so I don’t know what these people are thinking, that I’m here to do their bidding???

DQ mentioned in her tribal council answer that it’s like people are playing for a million dollars! She’s obviously never met anyone who is competitive before or puts their full heart into something because they love it.. If she thinks her new allies aren’t going to play her, she’s in for a rude awakening!

So this tribal is a mess! We have no numbers and no means to flip anyone.. people are very keen to flip the next round, but not this round cause everyone wants to ‘seem’ loyal. So here’s everything I know: 1. Lister and Naomi have been talking 2. Leif, Marcelo, and Michael have been talking 3. There is a Season 2 alliance (duh!) 4. Lyndsay has an idol 5. I have an idol 6. I have the talisman 7. Aaron is going home 8. Leif is going for the penalty idol

In an attempt to save Aaron I tried to turn the votes onto either Marcelo or Naomi as they would be flipping in the next round. Efe and Lyndsay don’t believe this could happen cause Efe is delusional (more on this later) and they never listen to me anyways.. so Aaron is the vote.

I had the opportunity to save Aaron with my idol, but chose not to use it. Cam was meant to leave thinking he has the idol so people forgot about it.. now hopefully not using it on Aaron will make everyone think that the KY idol really isn’t in play.

The reason I didn’t save Aaron with the idol is because I wasn’t going to waste it on DQ. What I mean with this is that I wouldn’t have wasted the idol on DQ when the vote was on her cause she voted for Brian in the previous round.. and I wasn’t going to waste an idol to get her out of this game.. cause if I had played it on Aaron, then Co and DQ would’ve revoted and DQ would’ve gone home! So perhaps if I had never kept the idol a secret, KY could’ve gained numbers at the merge.. however, I may have been targeted for having the idol.

The other way that I gave the implication that I didn’t have the idol is that I didn’t play the individual talisman. Someone who holds onto something like an open immunity must really need it at some other stage and therefore can’t possibly have a HII right?? Well, I hope that’s what goes through people’s minds! So Aaron is gone, and Marcelo knows that I told Lyndsay and Efe that he’s flipping which means someone in the Betrayers is talking too much, and the Season 2 guys are solidifying their alliance (ie. putting michael and marcelo about me in the pecking order cause my old alliance was just season 2 guys and me and Aaron), and I’m PMSing like crazy.. so not in a grand mood at all!

Oh, just in case you’re confused: The Betrayers: Me, Brian, Efe, and Lyndsay The Warriors: Me, Brian, Lister, Leif, and Aaron

Working with Lyndsay and Efe has been a mistake thus far. There’s too much history there for trust to really happen. I do not want to rely on them for anything cause they let me down last time, and Efe refuses to trust me under any circumstances.. so dealing with them this time is difficult. Lyndsay seems eager to adapt and listen to ideas and understands that I need some sort of assurance that they aren’t going to drop me like they did last time.. but Efe, Efe is too stubborn to work with. He believes what he believes and will do what he will do and doesn’t think.. and it’s driving me insane.. and I can’t keep that to myself.. which freaks out my only ally Brian.. which makes me paranoid!

So the smart thing to do at the moment is to sit quietly and wait for the time to strike.. I think it might be time to tell Lyndsay I have the KY idol.. but I’ll decide which way I’m going first!

SERGIU,

Confessional Its been a while, but I finally found the time to make another confessional. Soooo, lots have happened since my last one, like Cameron trying to get me voted out from the other tribe, which kinda backfired as I asked people from Ky to take him out with the first occasion… hehe.

Loved to see him go <3… Not long after we managed to pull another victory in the last tribal immunity challenge which ended up providing us with numbers in the upcoming merge.

At least that’s what we thought. After the merge things seemd chaotical…lol. I still have connections with Rudez, Leif, and Brian on the toher tribe… wouldn’t call them alliances but we def get well along and I would hate to have to vote for them too soon. Rudez constantly providing me with info.. nothing was untrue yet so I tent to belive her with most of what she says…

My alliance with Efe Jeremy and Lynds is still up but it starting to fall slightly apart… Lynds is way to close to Rudez and we are afraid she might leak info… Also Marcelo agreed to sticking with Co and working our way up at f7, but not sure I want to go far with him. Michael said he respects me saving him the past couple of votes so I do belive we can count on his vote… What worries me now is Leif… cuz after the immunity challenge the plan was to vote either Lister or Aaron… and I told leif that.

Few minutes after Aaron asks Efe if its true, so I am not sure I can trust Leif anymore… Ultimatly we decided to trust Ky that they will actually vote DQ, and whole Co will vote Aaron.. hopefully this works cuz I am paranoied as hell. Lol. This must be how Marcelo felt the entire game haha. Also Jeremy has the quest for the penalty idol.. we were wondering if any of us should aim for it… we were gonna start the mission of 3 TCs with rogue votes but its too risky at this TC… we need to see who we can and cant trust and I guess this TC will reveal that.

I still don’t know what the wise choice is, I am honly praying and hoping that this works.. and ill be here tomorrow

7.103 Round 10 Immunity Challenge

Congratulations, all thirteen of you are guaranteed to be apart of the jury at the very least.

And we’re heading straight into your first individual immunity challenge. I will take back tribal immunity from Co.

The individual talisman is what you covet. Win this and you are safe from the vote.

INDIVIDUAL IMMUNITY CHALLENGE #1: Sports Day

This was also the first individual challenge from SCWL 6. Rob was targeted for elimination, and he barely won the challenge against Travis. Rob would go on to win the game. Travis went home at Tribal Council.

It is a relatively simple one. You will pick a winner of any Major League Baseball, National Basketball Association, National Hockey League, or UFC match that begins between Saturday 1:00pm eastern and 10:30pm eastern.

You will pick a total of ten outcomes. You will order them one through ten. You will also pick three additional outcomes in the event that there is a tie after ten outcomes.

Once you number your outcomes one through ten (with the name of the sport and the team you think will win their matchup, the magic begins.

1. (NBA/MLB/UFC/NHL) (Winner here)
2. ” ”
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

TIEBREAKER

1.
2.
3.

These ten outcomes form a chain. For each match you guess correctly in a row, you score an additional point.

e.g. If you guessed matches 1 and 2 correctly, you would score one point for match 1 and two points for match 2.

If you guess a match incorrectly, that consecutive chain stops and a new chain will form.

e.g. If you guessed matches 1, 2, and 4 correctly, you would score only one point for match 4 because you were wrong on match 3.

The player who scores the most points wins immunity, and is safe from the vote. The other twelve will travel to Tribal Council where one of you will become the first member of the jury.

TIEBREAKER: If the points are tied after ten matches, we go to the three tiebreaker outcomes. If somebody gets their first tiebreaker outcome correct and the other person is wrong, the former wins the tiebreaker and ultimately immunity.

– If a match begins before you send me a guess for its outcome, you can no longer guess that match.
– Cameron and Christian will play this exact challenge for their final duel. Whoever wins the duel will decide who receives the special SCWL 2 individual talisman. The person who receives this can use this talisman for one TC. It is good through the Final Four. All they have to do is announce that they are using the talisman publicly either before Tribal Council or during it. If it is used during Tribal Council, the voting deadline will be extended.

I believe that’s everything. A lot to take in right now. Make sure you get in your Sports Day predictions before too many of the matches have begun.

Good luck.

7.104 SCWL 7 Round 10 Tribal Council

TRIBAL COUNCIL #11

(AARON)-(BRIAN)-(EFE)-(JEREMY)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(LYNDSAY)-(MARCELO)-(*MICHAEL*)-(NAOMI)-(RENEE)-(?RUDEZ?)-(SERGIU)
XXX
(GLORIA)-(EAMON)-(MORAY)-(SHERI)-(JESSICA)-(KJ)-(JASON)-(DAVE)-(HEERAL)-(FIONA)-(CAMERON)-(CHRISTIAN)

You must answer your question in order for your vote to count.

AARON,

1. Former tribal lines are 7-6 heading into this merge. Does that concern you at all?

BRIAN,

1. In seasons past, every single time the tribe with the majority has always won the game. Now that you have been merged for a few days, do you think that theory no longer applies in an all-star setting?

EFE,

1. Heading into the merge I am sure there was some thought about who to keep or to vote out because of their potential bonds with members of the opposing tribe. Are the cross-tribal bonds becoming more evident now that you are all merged together?

JEREMY,

1. In SCWL 5, the majority did not want to merge. Last season we had a vote split down the middle for merge. Yet this season it was a 12-0 knockout to merge the two tribes. Why do you think everyone was so eager to merge?

LEIF,

1. What is it like to transition from thinking about who to get rid of on your own tribe before the merge and now thinking about eleven other potential targets?

LISTER,

1. All seasons in the past have merged with nine or eleven. Is there much of a difference when you merge with thirteen instead?

LYNDSAY,

1. You somewhat participated in the Sports Day challenge, and the only two players to not participate at all were women. Do you think these challenges in general are biased against women, or is that naturally going to happen in a Sports Day challenge?

MARCELO,

1. Mildly Gimmicky Island is now over. Whoever gets voted out this round is heading straight to the jury house, and that’s it. How does that change the game?

MICHAEL,

1. You are perhaps the quietest player left in this game yet you walk away with immunity. From Ow to Co to MGI to Co and now merge, do you feel like you are loosely floating around and letting this game take you wherever it goes?

NAOMI,

1. For only the second time this season, you are vulnerable at Tribal Council. Do you feel nervous simply from being rusty when it comes to your own neck being on the line?

RENEE,

1. Everyone agreed to merge, but players were split when it came to voting for the jury phase to begin. What were the reasons for not starting the jury yet? And how will an 11-person jury impact the game?

RUDEZ,

1. As Cameron pointed out, his last act in this season was giving immunity away to another player. He chose you. Do you think this Hogeboom Talisman puts a target on your back, or does the public knowledge of it lose its effect and render it meaningless like when Noah had it in SCWL 2?

SERGIU,

1. You are about a month and a half into this game. This is All Stars. How much tougher is it to read players at Tribal Council against strong players as opposed to weaker ones?

Okay. When you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (SCWL Logan)
REASON: This is the first match of eleven here in the post-merge phase, and needless to say that my first prediction is that -you- will go home. That one point is in the bag. Things are off to a good start, I say!

Okay. You cannot vote for Michael. If Rudez is using her talisman, she will post here before the voting deadline is over. Once it is used, I will give a slight extension to the voting deadline. Everybody but Michael is fair game. It is time to vote. Spacko tribe, you’re up.

VOTE REVEAL

AARON,

VOTE: (DQ)
Reason: Although I know she is a nice lady she has not been completely invested in the game, and if a KY member has to go I would much prefer it to be her. Hopefully we can get things turned around now

BRIAN,

Vote: (DQ)
Reason: We are never ever ever ever getting back together….like, ever

EFE,

VOTE: AARON
Sorry I couldnt tell you the truth. You are a great player with amazing social skills and you can adapt every situation. I dont know whats gonna happen but we gotta weaken ky a little. I would rather lister gone because of his s2 ties but that may be risky at this point

JEREMY,

Vote: Aaron
Reason: Sorry it just happened to play out this way. A worthy merge boot imo.

LEIF,

vote: (marcelo)
reason: hes the most likely person to be paranoid as heck and would be the easiest person to convince that someone from co is after him

LISTER,

“VOTE: Disaster Queen
“Odd strategy to collectively vote out one of your own first thing of the merge but that’s the case here. Will it work? Only time will tell.””

LYNDSAY,

I vote to get rid of Aaron

MARCELO,

Vote: DQ
Vote: aaron

MICHAEL,

Vote: Aaron
Reason: they said so and it’s not a season 2 player

NAOMI,

voting for aaron 😦

RENEE,

My vote: Aaron
Because you’ve been gunning for me since you got to KY and thats quite enough thank you. Hopefully it’s you out tonight and not me

RUDEZ,

Okay changing back to DQ.. Same reason

SERGIU,

Vote: Aaron

Reason; Right now i am not sure what will happen, but surely better u than me. Please let this work

VOTE REVEAL

If anybody has a hidden individual immunity idol and they played it, now would be the time I would reveal it.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
.
.
.
I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(DQ)
.
.
One vote Renee.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(DQ)
.
.
Two votes for Renee.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(DQ)
.
.
.
Three votes Renee.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(Disaster Queen)
.
.
.
Four votes Renee.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(marcelo)
.
.
Four votes Renee, one vote Marcelo.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Aaron)
.
.
.
Four votes Renee, one vote Aaron, one vote Marcelo.
.
.
.
SEVENTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(aaron :()
.
.
Four votes Renee, two votes Aaron, one vote Marcelo.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(aaron)
.
.
.
Four votes Renee, three votes Aaron, one vote Marcelo.
.
.
.
.
NINTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(AARON)
.
.
We’re tied. Four votes Renee, four votes Aaron, one vote Marcelo, four votes left.
.
.
.
TENTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(Aaron)
.
.
.
Five votes Aaron, four votes Renee, one vote Marcelo, three votes left.
.
.
.
ELEVENTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Aaron)
.
.
.
Six votes Aaron, four votes Renee, one vote Marcelo, two votes left.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
Eleventh person voted out of SCWL 7: All Stars and the first member of our jury:
.
.
(Aaron)
.
.
Aaron, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

***

The second half of the game begins, and questions of tribal lines came up. With twelve of thirteen votes being cast for a Ky member, we must wonder if tribal lines truly exist. . .or if the minority is being duped. Better start thinking about who is truly in control.

7.105 Round 10 blog

CO UP WITH AN ADVANTAGE BY ONE PERSON. . .BUT DOES IT MATTER?

I honestly thought it wouldn’t. Personally, I was excited to begin the merge. All of these alliances of being formed pre-game were split between the two tribes. Seeing everybody brought together into one tests all of the relationships. In any other season, this never matters because there are enough newbies to keep the game honest.

In All Stars? A lot of overlapping dynamics. Especially this game when players had Week Zero dynamics, tribes 3-6 dynamics, Leif’s varied dynamics, and the 3-way vote split on Co that split them up.

Just read the confessionals by the SCWL 2 players this round if you want to get a handle on how many alliances were in play.

SERGIU WITH THE MOST SURPRISING CONFESSIONAL?

Heading into the merge, Sergiu insists that he was the brains behind Cam’s elimination two rounds earlier. Apparently Sergiu did not forget Cam’s influence over the Gloria and Eamon eliminations. Eamon had been protecting Sergiu from MGI. Who knew Sergiu had a streak of vengeance?

I never rank Sergiu too high to finish because I always expect people to eliminate him as a big threat. When there are a ton of SCWL 5 players in the game, you would think Sergiu’s reputation would be strong.

I can’t quite put my finger on it, but Sergiu knows how to gain people’s trust and be involved with strategic planning without the majority of the tribe being free to eliminate him. Many players think they can count on his vote. It’s what makes Sergiu a bright player.

But that’s not to say Sergiu does not have his flaws. It’s why he is a runner up. He could not find a way to eliminate -every- threat in the game.

He is talking to enough players and forming relationships with them. Sergiu claims his two closest bonds with the Ky tribe are Brian and Rudez. Pay very close attention to this as this will have a HUGE impact on the game.

BRIAN AND RUDEZ–IN AN ALLIANCE WITH EVERYONE EXCEPT DQ

The one player they are unable to align with at the moment happens to be the biggest obstacle for Brian and Rudez to get power. Brian is trying to flip all of the SCWL 2 players. Rudez is trying to flip all of the SCWL 6 players. Naomi, Jeremy, and Sergiu too. There isn’t a single person who isn’t in close contact with Brian and Rudez anymore except Renee. Yet both are desperately trying to get Renee back on their side.

You never want to burn bridges in SCWL as you need to win a jury vote, and draw people in when an unexpected betrayal happens, but at what point should you make the retreat and not count on that player to help you? It’s another difficult component to Survivor, and one that even the most skilled players have a tough time learning.

When you have thirteen players you also have thirteen different perspectives on what is the correct way to play this game. Thirteen different signals that players intend to do something but will not follow up on it.

A lot of wildcards remain in this season. That is what why I was excited to start the merge. There are a lot of unpredictable players who are left to fight it out.

TO MERGE OR TO MERGE

Clearly, everyone wanted to merge. Even with Jeremy around.

JURY SPLIT

If Michael and Marcelo had voted, we may be delaying the jury for the second season in a row. This is not as much of a big deal compared to last season because we could still have nine freakin’ jurors, but man, seeing a 6-5 vote to start the jury is a great example of why letting players choose to merge or begin the jury is fascinating.

It’s a twist the real Survivor has yet to use despite merging with eleven players for three of the past four seasons. I assume it is for the same reason why tribes have never been determined by a Pick Em since Survivor: Gabon. Producers just don’t trust their casts anymore.

SPORTS DAY MISTAKE

Ugh. Michael submitted first, and gave me the most confusing ballot of all. I don’t know if he did it intentionally or not, but Michael accidentally doubled up some of his picks.

This led to Michael winning the challenge over Jeremy. It is perhaps the first time that I screwed up on the winner of a challenge in all eight seasons. I could say that going through two MGI ballots, thirteen ballots of the players, and posting everyone’s ballots in the main group for all can be used as excuses, but I dropped the ball.

It is the season of many firsts, and this is perhaps the only time I have genuinely screwed up the victor of a challenge in about 120 challenges or so in series history. I am amazed it was freakin’ Sports Day of all things.

So, new rule for future seasons with Sports Day: If you send in a ballot where you are guessing who will NOT win, I will not accept the ballot.

Sorry Jeremy. Rudez did not point out my mistake until it was too late to go back and change it.

Let’s just say after this humiliating error, I triple/quadruple checked all results for the remaining challenges this season.

SERGIU DOES NOT TRUST AARON? WELL, THE WARRIORS OF LIGHT DO NOT TRUST SERGIU

Again, another interesting confessional from Sergiu where Aaron was not able to keep information to himself. Combined with DQ flipping and wanting Aaron out too, he is in serious trouble. I was caught off guard because I thought a bigger force in this game would be taken down. Aaron has not been on my radar as much as many of the other players left.

Speaking of players who are surprisingly on my radar. . .

LEIF’S CONFESSION

Leif finally revealed that he is chasing down the rogue idol. Only Brian and Lister know which means the Warriors of Light, and any intersecting bonds that are being used to give the Warriors the numbers for this round know too.

When every vote is critical, Leif may have used what was meant to gain trust as really a way to screw himself out of an idol, and now be viewed as a rogue idol threat. Leif has been featured as one of the quieter players in SCWL history, and the one time where he speaks up with his private intentions may hurt him.

It’s evidence that being a quiet player in SCWL is not necessarily a bad thing. Who has time to sort out your mysterious qualities when there are twenty other people to talk to, challenges to be played, people to be voted out, and twists to counter?

Much like other players this season, Leif is playing a new game.

LEIF ONE VOTE AWAY FROM THE ROGUE IDOL

But will the confession really matter? Why not vote for someone like Naomi or Michael next round? A player who nobody would really think to target at this stage?

Come to think of it, I cannot recall a time where so many players are repeatedly in the hot seat because of how frequently the voting dynamic shifts within each round. It is what makes this season unpredictable.

KY MEMBERS RECEIVE TWELVE OF THIRTEEN VOTES

Besides the tradition of at least one person writing down Marcelo, Renee and Aaron receive twelve of thirteen votes. I tossed the idea out there if this meant tribal lines never existed in the first place, or if Ky is truly going to be duped one by one.

In any event, Aaron goes in a 8-4-1 vote. The 8-5 configuration fell precisely on tribal lines. None of the seven players on Co flipped. All of the campaigning by the Warriors failed. This was a big surprise that dysfunctional Co + DQ could work together for a whole round.

Now to the real question. . .can they continue to do so?

CAMERON GIVING THE ITEM TO RUDEZ

Yep, Cameron beat Christian in the final duel. Sorry Marcelo, but Rudez will ultimately receive this item. A big gesture on Cam’s part, and one that puts an end to Cameron and Rudez’s two-season-long roller coaster relationship. I think they have yet to determine if they are friends or enemies after ten months.

WILL RUDEZ MAKE THIS ITEM MORE USEFUL THAN NOAH?

Most likely. Rudez has an idol and a talisman now. Considering she is in the minority, Lyndsay has an idol, Efe is unpredictable, her bond with Sergiu, and fellow Warrior Leif nearly securing the Rogue Idol, Ky’s game is far from over.

Well, we hope it is. We don’t want to see ultra Pagongings like in SCWL 1, 5 and SCWL 6, right? Will we get a bit more suspense to it like during the SCWL 3 and 4 days?

And with that, the merge has just begun.

FAREWELL AARON

Oh yes. Aaron, the story did not really change for you from SCWL 1 to SCWL 7. In both games you end up on a strong tribe, but fall into the minority when merge hits.

Oddly enough, you had the biggest hiatus of any player here in All Stars. Even Fiona had a shorter SCWL break than you. Much like SCWL 1 you looked like a contender in the beginning (I thought you would win), but that changed quickly as you fell several slots after that, and I thought you would never be a contender after about round two or three.

I hope you’ve had a fun ride in SCWL. You finally got to experience several pre-merge TCs this time. My guess is you had a more enjoyable experience this game compared to SCWL 1. You probably enjoyed an alliance with Brian, Rudez, Jessica, Fiona, Efe, and others along the way rather than your SCWL 1 alliance with RyLis, Flynn, and Brian who was the first to quit. No double fake idols for you this time.

A major question I’ll have for Aaron is regarding Sergiu not trusting him, and why he had a rocky relationship with DQ. Did it surprise him all the way until these episodes, or is this as Phoebe would say, “brand new information”?

7.106 Boot List Prediction

12: LEIF
11: JEREMY
10: SERGIU
09: RENEE
08: MICHAEL
07: NAOMI
06: MARCELO
05: LISTER
04: EFE
03: BRIAN
02: LYNDSAY
01: RUDEZ

7.107 Next Time on SCWL. . .

– One player’s confession to his alliance mates suddenly puts him into jeopardy.
– After failing to get anyone from Co to flip, the remaining members of the Warriors of Light appear to be in trouble. But with so many swing votes, can finally land in the majority?
– Or will one of the players known for flipping finally meet their demise?

Leave a Reply

Fill in your details below or click an icon to log in:

WordPress.com Logo

You are commenting using your WordPress.com account. Log Out / Change )

Twitter picture

You are commenting using your Twitter account. Log Out / Change )

Facebook photo

You are commenting using your Facebook account. Log Out / Change )

Google+ photo

You are commenting using your Google+ account. Log Out / Change )

Connecting to %s